Merged from the latest developing branch.
[MacVim/jjgod.git] / src / syntax.c
blob825ef881c3dfcde8609431b070c9ad418a2fc2a9
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
14 #include "vim.h"
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
21 struct hl_group
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
25 /* for normal terminals */
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
30 /* for color terminals */
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
37 /* for when using the GUI */
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
48 #endif
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
51 #endif
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
56 #endif
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
73 #endif
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
102 # endif
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
104 #endif
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
133 * end patterns.
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
156 } synpat_T;
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
210 #endif
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
217 } syn_cluster_T;
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
280 typedef struct state_item
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
300 * pattern */
301 } stateitem_T;
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
305 but contained groups */
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
309 * very often.
311 typedef struct
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
316 if not allowed */
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
357 * after setting current_finished */
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
437 #else
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
439 #endif
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
457 * window.
459 void
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
461 win_T *wp;
462 linenr_T lnum;
464 synstate_T *p;
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
469 linenr_T first_stored;
470 int dist;
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
476 * then.
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
480 invalidate_current_state();
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
484 syn_win = wp;
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
489 syn_stack_alloc();
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
491 return; /* out of memory */
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
497 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
498 && current_lnum < lnum
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
502 if (!current_state_stored)
504 ++current_lnum;
505 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
514 invalidate_current_state();
516 else
517 invalidate_current_state();
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
523 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
529 break;
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
532 last_valid = p;
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
534 last_min_valid = p;
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
543 * re-synchronize.
545 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
550 else
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
558 dist = 999999;
559 else
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
561 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
562 while (current_lnum < lnum)
564 syn_start_line();
565 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
566 ++current_lnum;
568 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
569 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
570 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
572 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
573 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
574 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
575 if (prev == NULL)
576 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
577 else
578 sp = prev->sst_next;
579 if (sp != NULL
580 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
581 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
583 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
584 prev = sp;
585 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
587 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
588 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
589 prev = sp;
590 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
591 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
592 break;
593 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
594 sp = sp->sst_next;
596 load_current_state(prev);
598 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
599 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
600 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
601 else if (prev == NULL
602 || current_lnum == lnum
603 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
604 prev = store_current_state(prev);
607 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
608 * state will be wrong then. */
609 line_breakcheck();
610 if (got_int)
612 current_lnum = lnum;
613 break;
617 syn_start_line();
621 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
622 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
624 static void
625 clear_syn_state(p)
626 synstate_T *p;
628 int i;
629 garray_T *gap;
631 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
633 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
634 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
635 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
636 ga_clear(gap);
638 else
640 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
641 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
646 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
648 static void
649 clear_current_state()
651 int i;
652 stateitem_T *sip;
654 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
655 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
656 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
657 ga_clear(&current_state);
661 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
663 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
664 * used:
665 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
666 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
667 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
669 static void
670 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
671 win_T *wp;
672 linenr_T start_lnum;
673 synstate_T *last_valid;
675 buf_T *curbuf_save;
676 win_T *curwin_save;
677 pos_T cursor_save;
678 int idx;
679 linenr_T lnum;
680 linenr_T end_lnum;
681 linenr_T break_lnum;
682 int had_sync_point;
683 stateitem_T *cur_si;
684 synpat_T *spp;
685 char_u *line;
686 int found_flags = 0;
687 int found_match_idx = 0;
688 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
689 int found_current_col= 0;
690 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
691 colnr_T prev_current_col;
694 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
696 invalidate_current_state();
699 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
700 * there.
701 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
702 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
703 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
704 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
706 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
707 start_lnum = 1;
708 else
710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
711 lnum = 1;
712 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
713 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
714 else
715 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
716 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
717 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
719 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
720 start_lnum = 1;
721 else
722 start_lnum -= lnum;
724 current_lnum = start_lnum;
727 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
729 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
731 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
732 * use find_start_comment(). */
733 curwin_save = curwin;
734 curwin = wp;
735 curbuf_save = curbuf;
736 curbuf = syn_buf;
739 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
741 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
743 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
744 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
745 break;
747 current_lnum = start_lnum;
749 /* set cursor to start of search */
750 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
751 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
752 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
755 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
756 * defines the comment.
757 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
759 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
761 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
762 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
763 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
765 validate_current_state();
766 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
767 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
768 break;
772 /* restore cursor and buffer */
773 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
774 curwin = curwin_save;
775 curbuf = curbuf_save;
779 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
781 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
783 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
784 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
785 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
786 else
787 break_lnum = 0;
789 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
790 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
791 end_lnum = start_lnum;
792 lnum = start_lnum;
793 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
795 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
796 line_breakcheck();
797 if (got_int)
799 invalidate_current_state();
800 current_lnum = start_lnum;
801 break;
804 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
805 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
807 load_current_state(last_valid);
808 break;
812 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
814 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
815 continue;
818 * Start with nothing on the state stack
820 validate_current_state();
822 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
824 syn_start_line();
825 for (;;)
827 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
829 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
830 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
832 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
834 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
835 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
837 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
838 current_lnum = end_lnum;
839 break;
841 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
843 /* Cannot happen? */
844 found_flags = 0;
845 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
847 else
849 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
850 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
851 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
853 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
854 found_current_col = current_col;
855 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
857 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
858 * match).
860 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
862 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
863 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
864 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
865 break;
867 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
868 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
869 else
870 ++current_col;
872 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
873 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
874 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
875 prev_current_col = current_col;
876 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
877 ++current_col;
878 check_state_ends();
879 current_col = prev_current_col;
881 else
882 break;
887 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
889 if (found_flags)
892 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
893 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
894 * state stack empty.
896 clear_current_state();
897 if (found_match_idx >= 0
898 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
899 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
902 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
903 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
904 * the next line.
905 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
907 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
909 if (current_state.ga_len)
911 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
912 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
913 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
914 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
915 check_keepend();
917 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
918 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
919 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
920 ++current_lnum;
922 else
923 current_lnum = start_lnum;
925 break;
928 end_lnum = lnum;
929 invalidate_current_state();
932 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
933 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
935 invalidate_current_state();
936 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
940 validate_current_state();
944 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
946 static int
947 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
948 linenr_T lnum;
950 regmmatch_T regmatch;
952 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
954 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
955 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
956 return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
958 return FALSE;
962 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
964 static void
965 syn_start_line()
967 current_finished = FALSE;
968 current_col = 0;
971 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
972 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
974 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
975 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
977 next_match_idx = -1;
978 ++current_line_id;
982 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
983 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
984 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
986 static void
987 syn_update_ends(startofline)
988 int startofline;
990 stateitem_T *cur_si;
991 int i;
992 int seen_keepend;
994 if (startofline)
996 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
997 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
998 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1000 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1001 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1002 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
1003 == SPTYPE_MATCH
1004 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
1006 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
1007 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
1008 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
1009 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
1010 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1016 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
1017 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
1018 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
1019 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
1020 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
1021 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
1022 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
1024 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
1025 if (keepend_level >= 0)
1026 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
1027 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
1028 break;
1030 seen_keepend = FALSE;
1031 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1033 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1034 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
1035 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
1036 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
1038 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
1039 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1041 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
1042 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
1044 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1045 seen_keepend = TRUE;
1048 check_keepend();
1049 check_state_ends();
1052 /****************************************
1053 * Handling of the state stack cache.
1057 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
1059 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
1060 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
1062 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
1063 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
1064 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
1065 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
1066 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
1067 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
1069 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
1070 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
1071 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
1072 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
1073 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
1074 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
1075 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
1076 * the cached entry.
1078 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
1079 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
1080 * start of the line is needed.
1081 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
1082 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
1083 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
1084 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
1085 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
1089 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
1090 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
1092 void
1093 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
1094 buf_T *buf;
1096 synstate_T *p;
1097 win_T *wp;
1099 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1101 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1102 clear_syn_state(p);
1103 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
1104 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
1105 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
1107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1108 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
1109 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
1111 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
1112 foldUpdateAll(wp);
1114 #endif
1118 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
1119 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
1120 * small, reallocate it.
1121 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
1123 static void
1124 syn_stack_alloc()
1126 long len;
1127 synstate_T *to, *from;
1128 synstate_T *sstp;
1130 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1131 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1132 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1133 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1134 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1135 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
1137 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
1138 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1139 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1140 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1141 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1142 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1143 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1145 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1147 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
1148 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
1149 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
1150 && syn_stack_cleanup())
1152 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
1153 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
1156 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
1157 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
1158 return;
1160 to = sstp - 1;
1161 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1163 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
1164 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
1165 from = from->sst_next)
1167 ++to;
1168 *to = *from;
1169 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1172 if (to != sstp - 1)
1174 to->sst_next = NULL;
1175 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
1176 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
1178 else
1180 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
1181 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
1184 /* Create the list of free entries. */
1185 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
1186 while (++to < sstp + len)
1187 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1188 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
1190 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
1191 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
1192 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
1197 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
1198 * b_mod_* fields.
1199 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
1200 * displayed buffer.
1202 void
1203 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
1204 buf_T *buf;
1206 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
1207 linenr_T n;
1209 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
1210 return;
1212 prev = NULL;
1213 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
1215 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
1217 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
1218 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
1220 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
1221 np = p->sst_next;
1222 if (prev == NULL)
1223 buf->b_sst_first = np;
1224 else
1225 prev->sst_next = np;
1226 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
1227 p = np;
1228 continue;
1230 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
1231 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
1232 * again. */
1233 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
1235 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
1236 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
1237 else
1238 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
1240 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
1241 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
1242 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
1244 p->sst_lnum = n;
1246 prev = p;
1247 p = p->sst_next;
1252 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
1253 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
1255 static int
1256 syn_stack_cleanup()
1258 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1259 disptick_T tick;
1260 int above;
1261 int dist;
1262 int retval = FALSE;
1264 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
1265 return retval;
1267 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
1268 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
1269 dist = 999999;
1270 else
1271 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
1274 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
1275 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
1276 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
1278 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
1279 above = FALSE;
1280 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1281 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1283 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1285 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
1287 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
1288 tick = p->sst_tick;
1289 above = TRUE;
1291 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
1292 tick = p->sst_tick;
1297 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
1298 * interval of several lines.
1300 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1301 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1303 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1305 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
1306 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
1307 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
1308 p = prev;
1309 retval = TRUE;
1312 return retval;
1316 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
1317 * Move the entry into the free list.
1319 static void
1320 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
1321 buf_T *buf;
1322 synstate_T *p;
1324 clear_syn_state(p);
1325 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1326 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
1327 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
1331 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
1332 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
1334 static synstate_T *
1335 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
1336 linenr_T lnum;
1338 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1340 prev = NULL;
1341 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1343 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
1344 return p;
1345 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
1346 break;
1348 return prev;
1352 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
1353 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
1355 static synstate_T *
1356 store_current_state(sp)
1357 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
1358 NULL */
1360 int i;
1361 synstate_T *p;
1362 bufstate_T *bp;
1363 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1365 if (sp == NULL)
1366 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1369 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
1370 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
1372 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1374 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1375 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1376 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1377 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1378 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
1379 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
1380 break;
1382 if (i >= 0)
1384 if (sp != NULL)
1386 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
1387 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
1388 /* it's the first entry */
1389 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
1390 else
1392 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
1393 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1394 if (p->sst_next == sp)
1395 break;
1396 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
1397 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1399 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
1400 sp = NULL;
1403 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
1406 * Add a new entry
1408 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
1409 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1411 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
1412 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
1413 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1415 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
1416 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1417 sp = NULL;
1418 else
1420 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
1421 * list, after *sp */
1422 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1423 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
1424 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
1425 if (sp == NULL)
1427 /* Insert in front of the list */
1428 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1429 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
1431 else
1433 /* insert in list after *sp */
1434 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1435 sp->sst_next = p;
1437 sp = p;
1438 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1439 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
1442 if (sp != NULL)
1444 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
1445 clear_syn_state(sp);
1446 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
1447 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
1449 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
1450 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
1451 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
1452 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
1453 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1454 else
1455 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
1456 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1458 else
1459 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1460 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1462 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
1463 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
1464 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
1466 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
1467 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
1468 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
1469 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
1471 current_state_stored = TRUE;
1472 return sp;
1476 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
1478 static void
1479 load_current_state(from)
1480 synstate_T *from;
1482 int i;
1483 bufstate_T *bp;
1485 clear_current_state();
1486 validate_current_state();
1487 keepend_level = -1;
1488 if (from->sst_stacksize
1489 && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
1491 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1492 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
1493 else
1494 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
1495 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
1499 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
1500 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1501 keepend_level = i;
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
1503 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
1504 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
1505 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
1506 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
1507 else
1508 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
1509 update_si_attr(i);
1511 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
1513 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
1514 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
1515 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
1519 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
1520 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
1522 static int
1523 syn_stack_equal(sp)
1524 synstate_T *sp;
1526 int i, j;
1527 bufstate_T *bp;
1528 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
1530 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
1531 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
1532 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
1534 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
1535 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1536 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1537 else
1538 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1540 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
1542 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
1543 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
1544 break;
1545 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
1547 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
1548 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
1549 * references are equal. */
1550 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
1551 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
1552 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
1553 * different. */
1554 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
1555 break;
1556 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
1558 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
1559 * equal. */
1560 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
1562 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
1563 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
1564 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
1565 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
1566 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
1567 break;
1568 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
1569 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
1570 six->matches[j]) != 0
1571 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
1572 break;
1575 if (j != NSUBEXP)
1576 break;
1579 if (i < 0)
1580 return TRUE;
1582 return FALSE;
1586 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
1587 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
1588 * the last parsed line.
1589 * The window looks like this:
1590 * line which changed
1591 * displayed line
1592 * displayed line
1593 * lnum -> line below window
1595 void
1596 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
1597 linenr_T lnum;
1599 synstate_T *sp;
1601 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1602 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
1603 sp = sp->sst_next;
1605 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
1606 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
1610 * End of handling of the state stack.
1611 ****************************************/
1613 static void
1614 invalidate_current_state()
1616 clear_current_state();
1617 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
1618 current_next_list = NULL;
1619 keepend_level = -1;
1622 static void
1623 validate_current_state()
1625 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
1626 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
1630 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
1631 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
1632 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
1635 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
1636 linenr_T lnum;
1638 int retval = TRUE;
1639 synstate_T *sp;
1642 * Check the state stack when:
1643 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
1644 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
1645 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
1646 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
1648 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
1650 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1651 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
1654 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
1655 * drawn)
1657 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
1660 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
1661 * the line.
1663 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
1664 retval = FALSE;
1667 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
1669 ++current_lnum;
1670 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
1674 return retval;
1678 * Finish the current line.
1679 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
1680 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
1681 * is valid.
1683 static int
1684 syn_finish_line(syncing)
1685 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
1687 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1688 colnr_T prev_current_col;
1690 if (!current_finished)
1692 while (!current_finished)
1694 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
1696 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
1698 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
1701 * Check for match with sync item.
1703 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1704 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1705 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
1706 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
1707 return TRUE;
1709 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
1710 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
1711 * past the NUL. */
1712 prev_current_col = current_col;
1713 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
1714 ++current_col;
1715 check_state_ends();
1716 current_col = prev_current_col;
1718 ++current_col;
1721 return FALSE;
1725 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
1726 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
1727 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
1728 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
1729 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
1730 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
1731 * done.
1734 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
1735 colnr_T col;
1736 int *can_spell;
1738 int attr = 0;
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
1749 return 0;
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
1754 clear_current_state();
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1756 current_id = 0;
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
1758 #endif
1759 return 0;
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
1764 validate_current_state();
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
1769 while (current_col <= col)
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
1772 ++current_col;
1775 return attr;
1779 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
1781 static int
1782 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
1783 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
1784 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
1785 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
1787 int syn_id;
1788 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
1789 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
1790 lpos_T hl_endpos;
1791 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
1792 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
1793 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
1794 int idx;
1795 synpat_T *spp;
1796 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
1797 int startcol;
1798 int endcol;
1799 long flags;
1800 short *next_list;
1801 int found_match; /* found usable match */
1802 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
1803 int do_keywords;
1804 regmmatch_T regmatch;
1805 lpos_T pos;
1806 int lc_col;
1807 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
1808 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
1809 looking for a pattern match! */
1811 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
1812 int keep_next_list;
1813 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
1814 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
1817 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
1818 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
1820 line = syn_getcurline();
1821 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
1824 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
1826 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
1827 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
1828 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
1830 current_finished = TRUE;
1831 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1832 return 0;
1835 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
1836 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
1838 current_finished = TRUE;
1839 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1843 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
1844 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
1845 * the next column.
1847 if (try_next_column)
1849 next_match_idx = -1;
1850 try_next_column = FALSE;
1853 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
1854 do_keywords = !syncing
1855 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
1856 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
1858 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
1859 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
1860 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
1863 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
1864 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
1865 * column.
1869 found_match = FALSE;
1870 keep_next_list = FALSE;
1871 syn_id = 0;
1874 * 1. Check for a current state.
1875 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
1876 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
1877 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
1878 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
1880 if (current_state.ga_len)
1881 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1882 else
1883 cur_si = NULL;
1885 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
1886 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
1889 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
1890 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
1892 if (do_keywords)
1894 line = syn_getcurline();
1895 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
1896 && (current_col == 0
1897 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
1898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1899 - (has_mbyte
1900 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
1901 : 0)
1902 #endif
1903 , syn_buf)))
1905 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
1906 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
1907 if (syn_id != 0)
1909 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
1911 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1912 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
1913 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1914 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
1915 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1916 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
1917 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1918 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
1919 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1920 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
1921 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
1922 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
1923 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
1924 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
1926 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
1928 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
1929 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
1931 else
1933 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
1934 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
1935 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
1939 else
1940 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
1941 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
1942 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
1943 check_keepend();
1945 else
1946 vim_free(next_list);
1952 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
1954 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
1957 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
1958 * for any match with a pattern.
1960 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
1963 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
1964 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
1965 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
1966 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
1968 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
1969 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
1970 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
1972 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
1973 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
1974 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
1975 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
1976 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
1977 && (current_next_list != NULL
1978 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
1979 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
1980 : (cur_si == NULL
1981 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
1982 : in_id_list(cur_si,
1983 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
1984 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
1986 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
1987 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
1988 * this item. */
1989 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
1990 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
1991 continue;
1992 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
1994 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
1995 if (lc_col < 0)
1996 lc_col = 0;
1998 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
1999 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2000 if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
2001 (colnr_T)lc_col))
2003 /* no match in this line, try another one */
2004 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2005 continue;
2009 * Compute the first column of the match.
2011 syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
2012 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
2013 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
2015 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
2016 * we can't handle that */
2017 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2018 continue;
2020 startcol = pos.col;
2022 /* remember the next column where this pattern
2023 * matches in the current line */
2024 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
2027 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
2028 * column number, don't use this one.
2030 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
2031 continue;
2034 * If we matched this pattern at this position
2035 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
2036 * column, because it may match from there.
2038 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
2040 try_next_column = TRUE;
2041 continue;
2044 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2045 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2047 /* Compute the highlight start. */
2048 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
2049 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
2051 /* Compute the region start. */
2052 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
2053 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
2054 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
2057 * Grab the external submatches before they get
2058 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
2060 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2061 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
2062 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2064 flags = 0;
2065 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
2066 eoe_pos.col = 0;
2067 end_idx = 0;
2068 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
2071 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
2072 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
2073 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
2074 * resulting end positions at the same time.
2076 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2077 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2079 lpos_T startpos;
2081 startpos = endpos;
2082 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2083 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
2084 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2085 continue; /* not found */
2089 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
2090 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
2091 * syncing.
2093 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
2095 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2096 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
2097 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2098 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
2099 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2100 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
2103 * If an empty string is matched, may need
2104 * to try matching again at next column.
2106 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
2107 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2108 try_next_column = TRUE;
2109 continue;
2114 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
2116 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
2117 * before endpos. */
2118 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
2119 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
2120 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
2121 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
2123 next_match_idx = idx;
2124 next_match_col = startcol;
2125 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
2126 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2127 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
2128 next_match_flags = flags;
2129 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
2130 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
2131 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
2132 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2133 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
2134 cur_extmatch = NULL;
2140 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
2142 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
2144 synpat_T *lspp;
2146 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
2147 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
2148 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2149 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2150 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
2151 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
2153 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
2154 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
2155 keep_next_list = TRUE;
2156 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
2158 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
2159 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
2160 * endless loop). */
2161 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
2163 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
2164 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
2166 next_match_idx = -1;
2168 else
2169 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
2170 found_match = TRUE;
2176 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
2178 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
2181 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
2182 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
2183 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
2185 if (!found_match)
2187 line = syn_getcurline();
2188 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
2189 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
2190 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
2191 && *line == NUL))
2192 break;
2196 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
2197 * contained matches.
2198 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
2199 * match.
2200 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
2201 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
2203 current_next_list = NULL;
2204 next_match_idx = -1;
2205 if (!zero_width_next_list)
2206 found_match = TRUE;
2209 } while (found_match);
2212 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
2213 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
2215 current_attr = 0;
2216 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2217 current_id = 0;
2218 current_trans_id = 0;
2219 #endif
2220 if (cur_si != NULL)
2222 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
2223 int current_trans_id = 0;
2224 #endif
2225 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
2227 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2228 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2229 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2230 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
2231 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
2232 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2233 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2234 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
2236 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
2237 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2238 current_id = sip->si_id;
2239 #endif
2240 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
2241 break;
2245 if (can_spell != NULL)
2247 struct sp_syn sps;
2250 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
2251 * done in the current item.
2253 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2255 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
2256 * @NoSpell cluster. */
2257 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
2258 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
2259 else
2261 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2262 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2263 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2264 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2267 else
2269 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
2270 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
2271 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
2272 * was used. */
2273 if (current_trans_id == 0)
2274 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2275 else
2277 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2278 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
2279 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2280 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2282 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
2284 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2285 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
2286 *can_spell = FALSE;
2294 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
2295 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
2296 * single character match.
2297 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
2298 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
2299 * current column.
2301 if (!syncing)
2303 check_state_ends();
2304 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
2305 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
2307 ++current_col;
2308 check_state_ends();
2309 --current_col;
2313 else if (can_spell != NULL)
2314 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
2315 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
2316 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
2317 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2318 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2320 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
2321 if (current_next_list != NULL
2322 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
2323 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
2324 current_next_list = NULL;
2326 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
2327 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
2329 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
2330 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
2331 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2332 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2334 return current_attr;
2339 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
2341 static int
2342 did_match_already(idx, gap)
2343 int idx;
2344 garray_T *gap;
2346 int i;
2348 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2349 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
2350 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
2351 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
2352 return TRUE;
2354 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
2355 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
2356 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2357 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
2358 return TRUE;
2360 return FALSE;
2364 * Push the next match onto the stack.
2366 static stateitem_T *
2367 push_next_match(cur_si)
2368 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2370 synpat_T *spp;
2372 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2375 * Push the item in current_state stack;
2377 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2380 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
2381 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
2383 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2384 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2385 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2386 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2387 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
2388 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
2389 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2390 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2392 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
2393 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
2394 check_keepend();
2396 else
2398 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
2399 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
2400 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2401 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
2402 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
2403 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
2405 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2406 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
2407 check_keepend();
2408 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2411 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
2412 * on the stack for the start pattern.
2414 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2415 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
2416 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2418 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2419 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2420 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2421 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2422 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2423 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2424 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2425 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2426 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
2427 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
2428 check_keepend();
2429 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2433 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
2435 return cur_si;
2439 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
2441 static void
2442 check_state_ends()
2444 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2445 int had_extend = FALSE;
2447 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2448 for (;;)
2450 if (cur_si->si_ends
2451 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
2452 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2453 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
2456 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
2457 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
2458 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
2459 * position.
2461 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
2462 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
2463 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
2464 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
2466 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
2467 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2468 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2469 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2470 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
2471 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2473 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
2474 next_match_idx = 0;
2475 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
2476 break;
2478 else
2480 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
2481 * "skipempty" */
2482 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
2483 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
2484 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
2485 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2486 current_next_list = NULL;
2488 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
2489 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
2490 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2491 had_extend = TRUE;
2493 pop_current_state();
2495 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2496 break;
2498 if (had_extend)
2500 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
2501 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2502 break;
2505 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2508 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
2509 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
2510 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
2511 * Don't do this when:
2512 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
2513 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
2514 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
2516 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
2517 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
2518 == SPTYPE_START
2519 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
2521 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
2522 check_keepend();
2523 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
2524 && keepend_level < 0
2525 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2526 break;
2530 else
2531 break;
2536 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
2537 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
2539 static void
2540 update_si_attr(idx)
2541 int idx;
2543 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2544 synpat_T *spp;
2546 /* This should not happen... */
2547 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2548 return;
2550 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
2551 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2552 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
2553 else
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
2555 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
2556 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
2557 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2558 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
2559 else
2560 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
2563 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
2564 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
2565 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
2567 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
2569 if (idx == 0)
2571 sip->si_attr = 0;
2572 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
2573 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2574 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
2576 else
2578 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
2579 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
2580 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
2581 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
2582 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2584 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
2585 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
2592 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
2593 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
2595 static void
2596 check_keepend()
2598 int i;
2599 lpos_T maxpos;
2600 lpos_T maxpos_h;
2601 stateitem_T *sip;
2604 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
2605 * there really is a keepend.
2607 if (keepend_level < 0)
2608 return;
2611 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
2612 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
2613 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
2615 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
2616 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2617 break;
2619 maxpos.lnum = 0;
2620 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
2621 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
2623 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
2624 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
2626 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
2627 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
2628 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
2629 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2631 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2633 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
2634 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2635 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2636 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
2637 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2638 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
2639 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2640 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2641 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
2642 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
2648 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
2649 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
2651 * Return the flags for the matched END.
2653 static void
2654 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
2655 stateitem_T *sip;
2656 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
2657 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
2659 lpos_T startpos;
2660 lpos_T endpos;
2661 lpos_T hl_endpos;
2662 lpos_T end_endpos;
2663 int end_idx;
2665 /* return quickly for a keyword */
2666 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2667 return;
2669 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
2670 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
2671 * from a containing item. */
2672 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
2673 return;
2676 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
2677 * line.
2679 end_idx = 0;
2680 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2681 startpos.col = startcol;
2682 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2683 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
2685 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2687 /* No end pattern matched. */
2688 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
2690 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
2691 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2692 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2693 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
2695 else
2697 /* continues in the next line */
2698 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
2699 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
2701 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2703 else
2705 /* match within this line */
2706 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
2707 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2708 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
2709 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2710 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
2715 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
2716 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
2717 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
2719 static int
2720 push_current_state(idx)
2721 int idx;
2723 if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
2724 return FAIL;
2725 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
2726 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
2727 ++current_state.ga_len;
2728 return OK;
2732 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
2734 static void
2735 pop_current_state()
2737 if (current_state.ga_len)
2739 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
2740 --current_state.ga_len;
2742 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
2743 next_match_idx = -1;
2745 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
2746 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
2747 keepend_level = -1;
2751 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
2752 * Only checks one line.
2753 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
2754 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
2755 * will be 0.
2756 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
2757 * computed.
2759 static void
2760 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
2761 end_idx, start_ext)
2762 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
2763 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
2764 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
2765 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
2766 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
2767 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
2768 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
2769 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
2771 colnr_T matchcol;
2772 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
2773 int start_idx;
2774 int best_idx;
2775 regmmatch_T regmatch;
2776 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
2777 lpos_T pos;
2778 char_u *line;
2779 int had_match = FALSE;
2781 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
2782 if (idx < 0)
2783 return;
2786 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
2787 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
2788 * contained a region.
2790 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2791 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2793 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
2794 return;
2798 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
2800 for (;;)
2802 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2803 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2804 break;
2805 ++idx;
2809 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
2811 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
2813 spp_skip = spp;
2814 ++idx;
2816 else
2817 spp_skip = NULL;
2819 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
2820 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2821 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
2823 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
2824 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
2825 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
2826 for (;;)
2829 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
2831 best_idx = -1;
2832 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
2834 int lc_col = matchcol;
2836 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2837 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
2838 break;
2839 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2840 if (lc_col < 0)
2841 lc_col = 0;
2843 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2844 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2845 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
2847 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
2848 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2850 best_idx = idx;
2851 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
2852 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
2858 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
2859 * item continues until end-of-line.
2861 if (best_idx == -1)
2862 break;
2865 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
2866 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
2868 if (spp_skip != NULL)
2870 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2872 if (lc_col < 0)
2873 lc_col = 0;
2874 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
2875 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
2876 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
2877 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
2878 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2880 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
2881 syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2883 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
2884 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
2885 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
2886 break;
2888 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
2890 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
2891 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
2892 ++matchcol;
2893 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2894 matchcol = pos.col;
2895 else
2896 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
2897 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2898 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
2899 ++matchcol)
2902 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
2903 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
2904 break;
2906 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
2911 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
2912 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
2914 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
2915 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2916 /* can't end before the start */
2917 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2918 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2920 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
2921 /* can't end before the start */
2922 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2923 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2924 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2925 /* can't end after the match */
2926 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
2929 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
2931 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
2933 *end_idx = best_idx;
2934 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
2936 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2937 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2939 else
2941 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
2942 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
2944 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
2946 /* can't end before the start */
2947 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2948 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2949 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2950 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
2952 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
2953 * into the matchgroup for the end */
2954 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
2956 else
2958 *end_idx = 0;
2959 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
2962 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
2964 had_match = TRUE;
2965 break;
2968 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
2969 if (!had_match)
2970 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
2972 /* Remove external matches. */
2973 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2974 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
2978 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
2980 static void
2981 limit_pos(pos, limit)
2982 lpos_T *pos;
2983 lpos_T *limit;
2985 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
2986 *pos = *limit;
2987 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
2988 pos->col = limit->col;
2992 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
2994 static void
2995 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
2996 lpos_T *pos;
2997 lpos_T *limit;
2999 if (pos->lnum == 0)
3000 *pos = *limit;
3001 else
3002 limit_pos(pos, limit);
3006 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
3008 static void
3009 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3010 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3011 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3012 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
3013 int idx; /* index of offset */
3014 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
3016 int col;
3017 int len;
3019 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
3021 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3022 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
3024 else
3026 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3027 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3029 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3030 if (col < 0)
3031 result->col = 0;
3032 else
3034 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
3035 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
3036 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3037 len = 0;
3038 else
3039 len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
3040 if (col > len)
3041 result->col = len;
3042 else
3043 result->col = col;
3048 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
3049 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
3051 static void
3052 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3053 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3054 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3055 synpat_T *spp;
3056 int idx;
3057 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
3059 int col;
3061 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
3063 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3064 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
3066 else
3068 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3069 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3071 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3072 if (col < 0)
3073 result->col = 0;
3074 else
3075 result->col = col;
3079 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
3081 static char_u *
3082 syn_getcurline()
3084 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
3088 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
3089 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
3091 static int
3092 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
3093 regmmatch_T *rmp;
3094 linenr_T lnum;
3095 colnr_T col;
3097 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
3098 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
3100 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3101 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3102 return TRUE;
3104 return FALSE;
3108 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
3109 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
3110 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
3112 static int
3113 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
3114 char_u *line;
3115 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
3116 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
3117 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
3118 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
3119 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
3121 keyentry_T *kp;
3122 char_u *kwp;
3123 int round;
3124 int kwlen;
3125 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
3126 hashtab_T *ht;
3127 hashitem_T *hi;
3129 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
3130 * checked. */
3131 kwp = line + startcol;
3132 kwlen = 0;
3135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3136 if (has_mbyte)
3137 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
3138 else
3139 #endif
3140 ++kwlen;
3142 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
3144 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
3145 return 0;
3148 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
3149 * lowercase.
3151 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
3154 * Try twice:
3155 * 1. matching case
3156 * 2. ignoring case
3158 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
3160 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
3161 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
3162 continue;
3163 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
3164 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
3167 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
3168 * attributes.
3169 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
3170 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
3171 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
3173 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
3174 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
3175 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
3177 if (current_next_list != 0
3178 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
3179 : (cur_si == NULL
3180 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
3181 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
3182 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
3184 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
3185 *flagsp = kp->flags;
3186 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
3187 return kp->k_syn.id;
3191 return 0;
3195 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
3197 /* ARGSUSED */
3198 static void
3199 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
3200 exarg_T *eap;
3201 int syncing; /* not used */
3203 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3204 char_u *next;
3206 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3207 if (eap->skip)
3208 return;
3210 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3211 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
3212 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
3213 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
3214 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
3215 else
3216 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3220 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
3222 /* ARGSUSED */
3223 static void
3224 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
3225 exarg_T *eap;
3226 int syncing; /* not used */
3228 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3229 char_u *next;
3231 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3232 if (eap->skip)
3233 return;
3235 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3236 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
3237 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
3238 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
3239 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
3240 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
3241 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
3242 else
3243 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3247 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
3249 void
3250 syntax_clear(buf)
3251 buf_T *buf;
3253 int i;
3255 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
3256 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
3257 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
3258 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
3260 /* free the keywords */
3261 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
3262 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
3264 /* free the syntax patterns */
3265 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3266 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
3267 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
3269 /* free the syntax clusters */
3270 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3271 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
3272 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
3273 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
3274 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
3276 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3277 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3278 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3279 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3281 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3282 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3283 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3284 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3286 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
3287 #endif
3289 /* free the stored states */
3290 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
3291 invalidate_current_state();
3295 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
3297 static void
3298 syntax_sync_clear()
3300 int i;
3302 /* free the syntax patterns */
3303 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3304 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
3305 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
3307 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3308 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3309 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3310 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3312 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3313 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3314 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3315 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3317 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3321 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
3323 static void
3324 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
3325 buf_T *buf;
3326 int idx;
3328 synpat_T *spp;
3330 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
3331 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3332 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
3333 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
3334 #endif
3335 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
3336 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
3337 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
3338 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
3342 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
3343 * last to first!
3345 static void
3346 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
3347 buf_T *buf;
3348 int i;
3350 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
3351 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
3352 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
3353 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
3355 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
3356 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
3361 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
3363 static void
3364 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
3365 buf_T *buf;
3366 int i;
3368 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
3369 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
3370 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
3374 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
3376 static void
3377 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
3378 exarg_T *eap;
3379 int syncing;
3381 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3382 char_u *arg_end;
3383 int id;
3385 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3386 if (eap->skip)
3387 return;
3390 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
3391 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
3392 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
3393 * clear".
3395 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
3396 return;
3398 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3401 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
3403 if (syncing)
3404 syntax_sync_clear();
3405 else
3407 syntax_clear(curbuf);
3408 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
3411 else
3414 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
3416 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
3418 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3419 if (*arg == '@')
3421 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3422 if (id == 0)
3424 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3425 break;
3427 else
3430 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
3431 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
3432 * and make it empty.
3434 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3436 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
3437 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
3440 else
3442 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3443 if (id == 0)
3445 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3446 break;
3448 else
3449 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
3451 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3454 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
3455 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3459 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
3461 static void
3462 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
3463 int id;
3464 int syncing;
3466 synpat_T *spp;
3467 int idx;
3469 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
3470 if (!syncing)
3472 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
3473 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
3476 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
3477 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
3479 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3480 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3481 continue;
3482 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
3487 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
3489 /* ARGSUSED */
3490 static void
3491 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
3492 exarg_T *eap;
3493 int syncing; /* not used */
3495 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3499 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
3501 /* ARGSUSED */
3502 static void
3503 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
3504 exarg_T *eap;
3505 int syncing; /* not used */
3507 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
3508 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3509 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3513 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
3515 /* ARGSUSED */
3516 static void
3517 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
3518 exarg_T *eap;
3519 int syncing; /* not used */
3521 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3522 if (!eap->skip)
3524 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
3525 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
3526 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3531 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
3533 /* ARGSUSED */
3534 static void
3535 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
3536 exarg_T *eap;
3537 int syncing; /* not used */
3539 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
3543 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
3545 /* ARGSUSED */
3546 static void
3547 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
3548 exarg_T *eap;
3549 int syncing; /* not used */
3551 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
3554 static void
3555 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
3556 exarg_T *eap;
3557 char *name;
3559 char_u buf[100];
3561 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3562 if (!eap->skip)
3564 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
3565 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
3566 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
3571 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
3573 static void
3574 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
3575 exarg_T *eap;
3576 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3578 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3579 int id;
3580 char_u *arg_end;
3582 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3583 if (eap->skip)
3584 return;
3586 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
3588 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
3589 return;
3592 if (syncing)
3594 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
3596 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
3597 syn_lines_msg();
3598 syn_match_msg();
3599 return;
3601 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
3603 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
3604 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
3605 else
3607 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
3608 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3609 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3610 syn_match_msg();
3612 return;
3614 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
3615 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
3616 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
3617 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3619 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
3620 syn_lines_msg();
3621 syn_match_msg();
3624 else
3625 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
3626 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3629 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
3631 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3632 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
3633 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3634 syn_list_cluster(id);
3636 else
3639 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
3641 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
3643 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3644 if (*arg == '@')
3646 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3647 if (id == 0)
3648 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3649 else
3650 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
3652 else
3654 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3655 if (id == 0)
3656 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3657 else
3658 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
3660 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3663 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
3666 static void
3667 syn_lines_msg()
3669 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3671 MSG_PUTS("; ");
3672 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3674 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
3675 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3676 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
3677 MSG_PUTS(", ");
3679 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
3681 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
3682 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
3684 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3688 static void
3689 syn_match_msg()
3691 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3693 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
3694 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
3695 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
3699 static int last_matchgroup;
3701 struct name_list
3703 int flag;
3704 char *name;
3707 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
3710 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3712 static void
3713 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
3714 int id;
3715 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3716 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
3718 int attr;
3719 int idx;
3720 int did_header = FALSE;
3721 synpat_T *spp;
3722 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
3724 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
3725 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
3726 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
3727 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
3728 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
3729 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
3730 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
3731 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
3732 {0, NULL}
3734 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
3736 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
3737 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
3738 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
3739 {0, NULL}
3742 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
3744 /* list the keywords for "id" */
3745 if (!syncing)
3747 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
3748 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
3749 did_header, attr);
3752 /* list the patterns for "id" */
3753 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
3755 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3756 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3757 continue;
3759 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3760 did_header = TRUE;
3761 last_matchgroup = 0;
3762 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
3764 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
3765 msg_putchar(' ');
3767 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3769 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3770 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3771 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
3772 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3773 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
3774 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
3775 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3776 --idx;
3777 msg_putchar(' ');
3779 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3781 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
3782 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
3784 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
3785 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
3786 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
3788 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
3790 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
3791 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3793 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
3795 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
3796 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
3797 else
3798 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
3799 msg_putchar(' ');
3800 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
3801 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
3802 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
3803 else
3804 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
3805 msg_putchar(' ');
3809 /* list the link, if there is one */
3810 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
3812 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3813 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
3814 msg_putchar(' ');
3815 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
3819 static void
3820 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
3821 struct name_list *nl;
3822 int flags;
3823 int attr;
3825 int i;
3827 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
3828 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
3830 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
3831 msg_putchar(' ');
3836 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3838 static void
3839 syn_list_cluster(id)
3840 int id;
3842 int endcol = 15;
3844 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
3845 msg_putchar('\n');
3846 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
3848 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
3849 endcol = msg_col + 1;
3850 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
3851 endcol = Columns - 1;
3853 msg_advance(endcol);
3854 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
3856 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
3857 hl_attr(HLF_D));
3859 else
3861 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
3862 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
3866 static void
3867 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
3868 char_u *name;
3869 short *list;
3870 int attr;
3872 short *p;
3874 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
3875 msg_putchar('=');
3876 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
3878 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
3880 if (p[1])
3881 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
3882 else
3883 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
3885 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
3887 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
3889 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
3891 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
3893 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
3895 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3897 msg_putchar('@');
3898 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
3900 else
3901 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
3902 if (p[1])
3903 msg_putchar(',');
3905 msg_putchar(' ');
3908 static void
3909 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
3910 char *s;
3911 int c;
3912 synpat_T *spp;
3913 int attr;
3915 long n;
3916 int mask;
3917 int first;
3918 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
3919 int i;
3921 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
3922 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
3924 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
3925 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
3926 msg_putchar('=');
3927 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
3928 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
3929 else
3930 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
3931 msg_putchar(' ');
3934 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
3935 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
3936 msg_putchar(c);
3938 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
3939 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
3940 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
3942 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
3943 break;
3945 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3946 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
3947 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3949 /* output any pattern options */
3950 first = TRUE;
3951 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
3953 mask = (1 << i);
3954 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
3956 if (!first)
3957 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
3958 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
3959 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
3960 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
3962 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
3963 msg_putchar('s');
3964 else
3965 msg_putchar('e');
3966 if (n > 0)
3967 msg_putchar('+');
3969 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
3970 msg_outnum(n);
3971 first = FALSE;
3974 msg_putchar(' ');
3978 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
3979 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
3981 static int
3982 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
3983 int id;
3984 hashtab_T *ht;
3985 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
3986 int attr;
3988 int outlen;
3989 hashitem_T *hi;
3990 keyentry_T *kp;
3991 int todo;
3992 int prev_contained = 0;
3993 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
3994 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
3995 int prev_skipnl = 0;
3996 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
3997 int prev_skipempty = 0;
4000 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
4001 * hash value...
4003 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4004 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
4006 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4008 --todo;
4009 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
4011 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4013 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
4014 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4015 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4016 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4017 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
4018 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
4019 outlen = 9999;
4020 else
4021 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
4022 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
4023 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
4025 prev_contained = 0;
4026 prev_next_list = NULL;
4027 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4028 prev_skipnl = 0;
4029 prev_skipwhite = 0;
4030 prev_skipempty = 0;
4032 did_header = TRUE;
4033 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
4035 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
4036 msg_putchar(' ');
4037 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
4039 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
4041 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
4042 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
4043 msg_putchar(' ');
4044 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
4046 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
4048 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
4049 msg_putchar(' ');
4050 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
4051 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4053 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
4054 msg_putchar(' ');
4055 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
4057 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4059 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
4060 msg_putchar(' ');
4061 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
4063 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4065 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
4066 msg_putchar(' ');
4067 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
4070 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
4076 return did_header;
4079 static void
4080 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
4081 int id;
4082 hashtab_T *ht;
4084 hashitem_T *hi;
4085 keyentry_T *kp;
4086 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
4087 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4088 int todo;
4090 hash_lock(ht);
4091 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4092 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4094 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4096 --todo;
4097 kp_prev = NULL;
4098 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
4100 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4102 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4103 if (kp_prev == NULL)
4105 if (kp_next == NULL)
4106 hash_remove(ht, hi);
4107 else
4108 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
4110 else
4111 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
4112 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4113 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4114 vim_free(kp);
4115 kp = kp_next;
4117 else
4119 kp_prev = kp;
4120 kp = kp->ke_next;
4125 hash_unlock(ht);
4129 * Clear a whole keyword table.
4131 static void
4132 clear_keywtab(ht)
4133 hashtab_T *ht;
4135 hashitem_T *hi;
4136 int todo;
4137 keyentry_T *kp;
4138 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4140 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4141 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4143 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4145 --todo;
4146 kp = HI2KE(hi);
4147 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
4149 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4150 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4151 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4152 vim_free(kp);
4156 hash_clear(ht);
4157 hash_init(ht);
4161 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
4163 static void
4164 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
4165 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
4166 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
4167 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
4168 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
4169 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
4171 keyentry_T *kp;
4172 hashtab_T *ht;
4173 hashitem_T *hi;
4174 char_u *name_ic;
4175 long_u hash;
4176 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
4178 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4179 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
4180 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
4181 else
4182 name_ic = name;
4183 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
4184 if (kp == NULL)
4185 return;
4186 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
4187 kp->k_syn.id = id;
4188 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4189 kp->flags = flags;
4190 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
4191 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
4192 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4193 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
4195 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4196 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
4197 else
4198 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
4200 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
4201 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
4202 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4204 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
4205 kp->ke_next = NULL;
4206 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
4208 else
4210 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
4211 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
4212 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
4217 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
4218 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
4219 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
4221 static char_u *
4222 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
4223 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
4224 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
4226 char_u *rest;
4228 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
4229 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
4232 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
4233 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
4235 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
4236 return NULL;
4237 return rest;
4241 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
4242 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
4243 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
4244 * collect all options in between other arguments.
4245 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
4246 * Return NULL for any error;
4248 static char_u *
4249 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
4250 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
4251 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
4253 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
4254 int syn_id;
4255 int len;
4256 char *p;
4257 int i;
4258 int fidx;
4259 static struct flag
4261 char *name;
4262 int argtype;
4263 int flags;
4264 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
4265 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
4266 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
4267 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
4268 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
4269 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
4270 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
4271 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
4272 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
4273 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
4274 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
4275 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
4276 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
4277 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
4278 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
4279 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
4281 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
4283 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
4284 return NULL;
4286 for (;;)
4289 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
4290 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
4291 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
4293 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
4294 break;
4296 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
4298 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
4299 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
4300 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
4301 break;
4302 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
4303 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
4304 ? arg[len] == '='
4305 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
4307 if (opt->keyword
4308 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
4309 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4310 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
4311 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
4312 fidx = -1;
4313 break;
4316 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
4317 break;
4319 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
4321 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
4323 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
4324 return NULL;
4326 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
4327 return NULL;
4329 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
4331 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
4332 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
4334 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
4335 return NULL;
4337 #endif
4338 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
4339 return NULL;
4341 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
4343 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
4344 return NULL;
4346 else
4348 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
4349 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
4351 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
4352 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
4354 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
4356 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
4357 return NULL;
4359 gname_start = arg;
4360 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
4361 if (gname_start == arg)
4362 return NULL;
4363 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
4364 if (gname == NULL)
4365 return NULL;
4366 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
4367 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
4368 else
4370 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
4371 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
4372 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
4373 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
4375 *opt->sync_idx = i;
4376 break;
4378 if (i < 0)
4380 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
4381 vim_free(gname);
4382 return NULL;
4386 vim_free(gname);
4387 arg = skipwhite(arg);
4389 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4390 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4391 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
4392 /* Need to update folds later. */
4393 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
4394 #endif
4398 return arg;
4402 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
4403 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
4404 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
4406 static void
4407 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
4408 int id;
4409 int *flagsp;
4411 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
4412 return;
4413 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
4414 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
4416 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
4417 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
4418 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
4420 if (grp_list != NULL)
4422 grp_list[0] = id;
4423 grp_list[1] = 0;
4424 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
4425 CLUSTER_ADD);
4431 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
4433 /* ARGSUSED */
4434 static void
4435 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
4436 exarg_T *eap;
4437 int syncing; /* not used */
4439 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4440 int sgl_id = 1;
4441 char_u *group_name_end;
4442 char_u *rest;
4443 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
4444 int prev_toplvl_grp;
4445 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
4446 int source = FALSE;
4448 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
4449 if (eap->skip)
4450 return;
4452 if (arg[0] == '@')
4454 ++arg;
4455 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4456 if (rest == NULL)
4458 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
4459 return;
4461 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4462 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
4463 eap->arg = rest;
4467 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
4468 * filename to include.
4470 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
4471 separate_nextcmd(eap);
4472 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
4474 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
4475 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
4476 * ":runtime!" is used. */
4477 source = TRUE;
4478 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
4480 if (errormsg != NULL)
4481 EMSG(errormsg);
4482 return;
4487 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
4488 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
4490 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4491 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
4492 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
4493 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
4494 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
4495 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
4496 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
4497 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
4498 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
4502 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
4504 /* ARGSUSED */
4505 static void
4506 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
4507 exarg_T *eap;
4508 int syncing; /* not used */
4510 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4511 char_u *group_name_end;
4512 int syn_id;
4513 char_u *rest;
4514 char_u *keyword_copy;
4515 char_u *p;
4516 char_u *kw;
4517 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4518 int cnt;
4520 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4522 if (rest != NULL)
4524 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4526 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
4527 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
4528 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
4530 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4531 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
4532 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4533 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
4534 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4535 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4538 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
4539 * found before keywords can be created.
4540 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
4542 cnt = 0;
4543 p = keyword_copy;
4544 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
4546 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4547 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4548 break;
4549 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
4550 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
4552 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
4553 ++rest;
4554 *p++ = *rest++;
4556 *p++ = NUL;
4557 ++cnt;
4560 if (!eap->skip)
4562 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
4563 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4566 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
4568 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
4570 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
4572 if (p != NULL)
4573 *p = NUL;
4574 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
4575 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
4576 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4577 if (p == NULL)
4578 break;
4579 if (p[1] == NUL)
4581 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
4582 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
4583 break;
4585 if (p[1] == ']')
4587 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
4588 break;
4590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4591 if (has_mbyte)
4593 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
4595 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
4596 p += l;
4598 else
4599 #endif
4601 p[0] = p[1];
4602 ++p;
4608 vim_free(keyword_copy);
4609 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4610 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4614 if (rest != NULL)
4615 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4616 else
4617 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4619 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4620 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4624 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
4626 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
4628 static void
4629 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
4630 exarg_T *eap;
4631 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
4633 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4634 char_u *group_name_end;
4635 char_u *rest;
4636 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
4637 int syn_id;
4638 int idx;
4639 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4640 int sync_idx = 0;
4642 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4643 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4645 /* Get options before the pattern */
4646 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4647 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4648 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
4649 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4650 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4651 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4652 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4653 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4655 /* get the pattern. */
4656 init_syn_patterns();
4657 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
4658 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
4659 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4660 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4662 /* Get options after the pattern */
4663 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4665 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
4668 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
4670 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4671 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4672 rest = NULL;
4673 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
4674 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4675 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4677 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4679 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
4681 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4682 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
4683 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4684 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
4685 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4686 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4687 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
4688 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
4689 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4690 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4691 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4692 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4693 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4694 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4695 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4697 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
4698 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
4699 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
4700 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4701 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4702 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4703 #endif
4705 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4706 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4707 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4712 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
4714 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
4715 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
4716 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4717 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4718 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4720 if (rest == NULL)
4721 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4725 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
4726 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
4728 static void
4729 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
4730 exarg_T *eap;
4731 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
4733 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4734 char_u *group_name_end;
4735 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
4736 char_u *key_end;
4737 char_u *key = NULL;
4738 char_u *p;
4739 int item;
4740 #define ITEM_START 0
4741 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
4742 #define ITEM_END 2
4743 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
4744 struct pat_ptr
4746 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
4747 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
4748 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
4749 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
4750 /* patterns found in the line */
4751 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
4752 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
4753 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
4754 int syn_id;
4755 int matchgroup_id = 0;
4756 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
4757 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
4758 int success = FALSE;
4759 int idx;
4760 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4762 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4763 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4765 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
4766 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
4767 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
4769 init_syn_patterns();
4771 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4772 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4773 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4774 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4775 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4776 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4777 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4780 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
4782 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
4784 /* Check for option arguments */
4785 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4786 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4787 break;
4789 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
4790 key_end = rest;
4791 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
4792 ++key_end;
4793 vim_free(key);
4794 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
4795 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
4797 rest = NULL;
4798 break;
4800 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
4801 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
4802 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
4803 item = ITEM_START;
4804 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
4805 item = ITEM_END;
4806 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
4808 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
4810 illegal = TRUE;
4811 break;
4813 item = ITEM_SKIP;
4815 else
4816 break;
4817 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
4818 if (*rest != '=')
4820 rest = NULL;
4821 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
4822 break;
4824 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
4825 if (*rest == NUL)
4827 not_enough = TRUE;
4828 break;
4831 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
4833 p = skiptowhite(rest);
4834 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
4835 matchgroup_id = 0;
4836 else
4838 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
4839 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
4841 illegal = TRUE;
4842 break;
4845 rest = skipwhite(p);
4847 else
4850 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
4851 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
4852 * used from end to start).
4854 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
4855 if (ppp == NULL)
4857 rest = NULL;
4858 break;
4860 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
4861 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
4862 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
4863 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
4865 rest = NULL;
4866 break;
4870 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
4872 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
4873 if (item == ITEM_START)
4874 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
4875 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
4876 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
4877 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
4878 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
4879 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
4880 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4881 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4882 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
4883 ++pat_count;
4886 vim_free(key);
4887 if (illegal || not_enough)
4888 rest = NULL;
4891 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
4893 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
4894 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
4896 not_enough = TRUE;
4897 rest = NULL;
4900 if (rest != NULL)
4903 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
4904 * If OK, add the item.
4906 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4907 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4908 rest = NULL;
4909 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
4910 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4911 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4913 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4915 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
4917 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4918 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4920 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
4922 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
4923 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4924 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
4925 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
4926 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
4927 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
4928 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4929 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4930 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
4931 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
4932 if (item == ITEM_START)
4934 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
4935 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4936 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4937 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4938 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4939 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4940 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
4941 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4943 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4944 ++idx;
4945 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4946 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4947 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4948 #endif
4952 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4953 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4954 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4959 * Free the allocated memory.
4961 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4962 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
4964 if (!success)
4966 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
4967 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
4969 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
4970 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
4971 vim_free(ppp);
4974 if (!success)
4976 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4977 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4978 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4979 if (not_enough)
4980 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
4981 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
4982 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4987 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
4989 static int
4990 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
4991 _RTLENTRYF
4992 #endif
4993 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
4994 const void *v1;
4995 const void *v2;
4997 const short *s1 = v1;
4998 const short *s2 = v2;
5000 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
5004 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
5005 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
5007 static void
5008 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
5009 short **clstr1;
5010 short **clstr2;
5011 int list_op;
5013 int count1 = 0;
5014 int count2 = 0;
5015 short *g1;
5016 short *g2;
5017 short *clstr = NULL;
5018 int count;
5019 int round;
5022 * Handle degenerate cases.
5024 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
5025 return;
5026 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5028 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5029 vim_free(*clstr1);
5030 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5031 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
5032 else
5033 vim_free(*clstr2);
5034 return;
5037 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
5038 ++count1;
5039 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
5040 ++count2;
5043 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
5045 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5046 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5049 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
5050 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
5051 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
5052 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
5054 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
5056 g1 = *clstr1;
5057 g2 = *clstr2;
5058 count = 0;
5061 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
5063 while (*g1 && *g2)
5066 * We always want to add from the first list.
5068 if (*g1 < *g2)
5070 if (round == 2)
5071 clstr[count] = *g1;
5072 count++;
5073 g1++;
5074 continue;
5077 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
5078 * lists.
5080 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5082 if (round == 2)
5083 clstr[count] = *g2;
5084 count++;
5086 if (*g1 == *g2)
5087 g1++;
5088 g2++;
5092 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
5093 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
5094 * we're adding the lists.
5096 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
5097 if (round == 2)
5098 clstr[count] = *g1;
5099 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5100 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
5101 if (round == 2)
5102 clstr[count] = *g2;
5104 if (round == 1)
5107 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
5108 * space for it.
5110 if (count == 0)
5112 clstr = NULL;
5113 break;
5115 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5116 if (clstr == NULL)
5117 break;
5118 clstr[count] = 0;
5123 * Finally, put the new list in place.
5125 vim_free(*clstr1);
5126 vim_free(*clstr2);
5127 *clstr1 = clstr;
5131 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
5132 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
5134 static int
5135 syn_scl_name2id(name)
5136 char_u *name;
5138 int i;
5139 char_u *name_u;
5141 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
5142 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5143 if (name_u == NULL)
5144 return 0;
5145 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5146 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
5147 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
5148 break;
5149 vim_free(name_u);
5150 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
5154 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
5156 static int
5157 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
5158 char_u *linep;
5159 int len;
5161 char_u *name;
5162 int id = 0;
5164 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
5165 if (name != NULL)
5167 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5168 vim_free(name);
5170 return id;
5174 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
5175 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
5176 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
5177 * Return 0 for failure.
5179 static int
5180 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
5181 char_u *pp;
5182 int len;
5184 int id;
5185 char_u *name;
5187 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
5188 if (name == NULL)
5189 return 0;
5191 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5192 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
5193 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
5194 else
5195 vim_free(name);
5196 return id;
5200 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
5201 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
5202 * Return 0 for failure.
5204 static int
5205 syn_add_cluster(name)
5206 char_u *name;
5208 int len;
5211 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
5213 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
5215 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
5216 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
5220 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
5222 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
5224 vim_free(name);
5225 return 0;
5227 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5229 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
5230 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
5231 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5232 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
5233 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5235 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
5236 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5237 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
5238 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5240 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5244 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
5245 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
5247 /* ARGSUSED */
5248 static void
5249 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
5250 exarg_T *eap;
5251 int syncing; /* not used */
5253 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5254 char_u *group_name_end;
5255 char_u *rest;
5256 int scl_id;
5257 short *clstr_list;
5258 int got_clstr = FALSE;
5259 int opt_len;
5260 int list_op;
5262 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
5263 if (eap->skip)
5264 return;
5266 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
5268 if (rest != NULL)
5270 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
5271 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
5273 for (;;)
5275 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
5276 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
5278 opt_len = 3;
5279 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
5281 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
5282 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
5284 opt_len = 6;
5285 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
5287 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
5288 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
5290 opt_len = 8;
5291 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
5293 else
5294 break;
5296 clstr_list = NULL;
5297 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
5299 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
5300 break;
5302 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
5303 &clstr_list, list_op);
5304 got_clstr = TRUE;
5307 if (got_clstr)
5309 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5310 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5314 if (!got_clstr)
5315 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
5316 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
5317 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5321 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
5323 static void
5324 init_syn_patterns()
5326 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
5327 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
5331 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
5332 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
5333 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
5335 static char_u *
5336 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
5337 char_u *arg;
5338 synpat_T *ci;
5340 char_u *end;
5341 int *p;
5342 int idx;
5343 char_u *cpo_save;
5345 /* need at least three chars */
5346 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
5347 return NULL;
5349 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
5350 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5352 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
5353 return NULL;
5355 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5356 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
5357 return NULL;
5359 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5360 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5361 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5362 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
5363 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5365 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
5366 return NULL;
5367 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5370 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
5372 ++end;
5375 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
5376 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
5377 break;
5378 if (idx >= 0)
5380 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
5381 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
5382 switch (end[3])
5384 case 's': break;
5385 case 'b': break;
5386 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
5387 default: idx = -1; break;
5389 if (idx >= 0)
5391 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
5392 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
5394 end += 3;
5395 *p = getdigits(&end);
5397 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
5398 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
5400 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
5401 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
5404 else /* yy=x+99 */
5406 end += 4;
5407 if (*end == '+')
5409 ++end;
5410 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
5412 else if (*end == '-')
5414 ++end;
5415 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
5418 if (*end != ',')
5419 break;
5420 ++end;
5423 } while (idx >= 0);
5425 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
5427 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
5428 return NULL;
5430 return skipwhite(end);
5434 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
5436 /* ARGSUSED */
5437 static void
5438 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
5439 exarg_T *eap;
5440 int syncing; /* not used */
5442 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
5443 char_u *arg_end;
5444 char_u *key = NULL;
5445 char_u *next_arg;
5446 int illegal = FALSE;
5447 int finished = FALSE;
5448 long n;
5449 char_u *cpo_save;
5451 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5453 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
5454 return;
5457 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5459 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
5460 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5461 vim_free(key);
5462 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
5463 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
5465 if (!eap->skip)
5466 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
5467 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
5469 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
5470 if (!eap->skip)
5471 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
5472 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
5473 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5475 else if (!eap->skip)
5476 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
5478 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
5479 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
5480 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
5481 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
5483 if (key[4] == 'S')
5484 arg_end = key + 6;
5485 else if (key[0] == 'L')
5486 arg_end = key + 11;
5487 else
5488 arg_end = key + 9;
5489 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
5491 illegal = TRUE;
5492 break;
5494 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
5495 if (!eap->skip)
5497 if (key[4] == 'B')
5498 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
5499 else if (key[1] == 'A')
5500 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
5501 else
5502 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
5505 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
5507 if (!eap->skip)
5509 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
5510 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
5513 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
5515 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
5517 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
5518 finished = TRUE;
5519 break;
5521 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
5522 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5524 illegal = TRUE;
5525 break;
5528 if (!eap->skip)
5530 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5531 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
5532 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
5534 finished = TRUE;
5535 break;
5537 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5539 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5540 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5541 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5542 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
5543 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
5544 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5546 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
5548 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
5549 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
5550 finished = TRUE;
5551 break;
5554 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
5556 else
5558 eap->arg = next_arg;
5559 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
5560 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
5561 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
5562 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
5563 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
5564 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
5565 else
5566 illegal = TRUE;
5567 finished = TRUE;
5568 break;
5570 arg_start = next_arg;
5572 vim_free(key);
5573 if (illegal)
5574 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
5575 else if (!finished)
5577 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
5578 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5579 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5584 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
5585 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
5586 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
5587 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
5588 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
5590 static int
5591 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
5592 char_u **arg;
5593 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
5594 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
5595 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
5597 char_u *p = NULL;
5598 char_u *end;
5599 int round;
5600 int count;
5601 int total_count = 0;
5602 short *retval = NULL;
5603 char_u *name;
5604 regmatch_T regmatch;
5605 int id;
5606 int i;
5607 int failed = FALSE;
5610 * We parse the list twice:
5611 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
5612 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
5613 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
5614 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
5616 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
5619 * skip "contains"
5621 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
5622 if (*p != '=')
5624 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
5625 break;
5627 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
5628 if (ends_excmd(*p))
5630 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
5631 break;
5635 * parse the arguments after "contains"
5637 count = 0;
5638 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
5640 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
5642 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
5643 if (name == NULL)
5645 failed = TRUE;
5646 break;
5648 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
5649 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
5650 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
5651 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
5652 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
5654 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
5656 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
5657 failed = TRUE;
5658 vim_free(name);
5659 break;
5661 if (count != 0)
5663 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
5664 failed = TRUE;
5665 vim_free(name);
5666 break;
5668 if (name[1] == 'A')
5669 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
5670 else if (name[1] == 'T')
5671 id = SYNID_TOP;
5672 else
5673 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
5674 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
5676 else if (name[1] == '@')
5678 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
5680 else
5683 * Handle full group name.
5685 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
5686 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
5687 else
5690 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
5692 *name = '^';
5693 STRCAT(name, "$");
5694 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
5695 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
5697 failed = TRUE;
5698 vim_free(name);
5699 break;
5702 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
5703 id = 0;
5704 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5706 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
5707 (colnr_T)0))
5709 if (round == 2)
5711 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
5712 * when adding items that match:
5713 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
5714 * Go back to first round */
5715 if (count >= total_count)
5717 vim_free(retval);
5718 round = 1;
5720 else
5721 retval[count] = i + 1;
5723 ++count;
5724 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
5727 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
5730 vim_free(name);
5731 if (id == 0)
5733 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
5734 failed = TRUE;
5735 break;
5737 if (id > 0)
5739 if (round == 2)
5741 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
5742 if (count >= total_count)
5744 vim_free(retval);
5745 round = 1;
5747 else
5748 retval[count] = id;
5750 ++count;
5752 p = skipwhite(end);
5753 if (*p != ',')
5754 break;
5755 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
5757 if (failed)
5758 break;
5759 if (round == 1)
5761 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5762 if (retval == NULL)
5763 break;
5764 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
5765 total_count = count;
5769 *arg = p;
5770 if (failed || retval == NULL)
5772 vim_free(retval);
5773 return FAIL;
5776 if (*list == NULL)
5777 *list = retval;
5778 else
5779 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
5781 return OK;
5785 * Make a copy of an ID list.
5787 static short *
5788 copy_id_list(list)
5789 short *list;
5791 int len;
5792 int count;
5793 short *retval;
5795 if (list == NULL)
5796 return NULL;
5798 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
5800 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
5801 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
5802 if (retval != NULL)
5803 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
5805 return retval;
5809 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
5810 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
5811 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
5812 * the current item.
5813 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
5815 static int
5816 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
5817 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
5818 short *list; /* id list */
5819 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
5820 int contained; /* group id is contained */
5822 int retval;
5823 short *scl_list;
5824 short item;
5825 short id = ssp->id;
5826 static int depth = 0;
5827 int r;
5829 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
5830 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
5831 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
5833 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
5834 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
5835 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
5836 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
5837 --cur_si;
5838 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
5839 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
5840 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
5841 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
5842 return TRUE;
5845 if (list == NULL)
5846 return FALSE;
5849 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
5850 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
5852 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
5853 return !contained;
5856 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
5857 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
5858 * level as the list.
5860 item = *list;
5861 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
5863 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
5865 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
5866 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
5867 return FALSE;
5869 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
5871 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
5872 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
5873 return FALSE;
5875 else
5877 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
5878 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
5879 return FALSE;
5881 item = *++list;
5882 retval = FALSE;
5884 else
5885 retval = TRUE;
5888 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
5890 while (item != 0)
5892 if (item == id)
5893 return retval;
5894 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
5896 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
5897 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
5898 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
5899 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
5901 ++depth;
5902 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
5903 --depth;
5904 if (r)
5905 return retval;
5908 item = *++list;
5910 return !retval;
5913 struct subcommand
5915 char *name; /* subcommand name */
5916 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
5919 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
5921 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
5922 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
5923 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
5924 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
5925 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
5926 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
5927 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
5928 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
5929 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
5930 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
5931 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
5932 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
5933 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
5934 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
5935 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
5936 {"", syn_cmd_list},
5937 {NULL, NULL}
5941 * ":syntax".
5942 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
5943 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
5945 void
5946 ex_syntax(eap)
5947 exarg_T *eap;
5949 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5950 char_u *subcmd_end;
5951 char_u *subcmd_name;
5952 int i;
5954 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
5956 /* isolate subcommand name */
5957 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
5959 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
5960 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
5962 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
5963 ++emsg_skip;
5964 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5966 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
5968 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
5969 break;
5971 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
5973 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
5974 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
5975 break;
5978 vim_free(subcmd_name);
5979 if (eap->skip)
5980 --emsg_skip;
5985 syntax_present(buf)
5986 buf_T *buf;
5988 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
5989 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
5990 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
5991 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
5994 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
5996 static enum
5998 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
5999 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
6000 } expand_what;
6003 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
6004 * Called when we are done expanding.
6006 void
6007 reset_expand_highlight()
6009 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
6013 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
6014 * as highlight group.
6016 void
6017 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
6018 expand_T *xp;
6019 char_u *arg;
6021 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6022 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6023 include_none = 1;
6027 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
6029 void
6030 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
6031 expand_T *xp;
6032 char_u *arg;
6034 char_u *p;
6036 /* Default: expand subcommands */
6037 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
6038 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
6039 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6040 include_link = 0;
6041 include_default = 0;
6043 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
6044 if (*arg != NUL)
6046 p = skiptowhite(arg);
6047 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
6049 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
6050 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
6051 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6052 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
6053 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
6054 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
6055 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
6056 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
6057 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
6058 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6059 else
6060 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6065 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
6068 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
6069 * expansion.
6071 /*ARGSUSED*/
6072 char_u *
6073 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
6074 expand_T *xp;
6075 int idx;
6077 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
6078 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
6079 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
6082 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
6085 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
6088 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp)
6089 win_T *wp;
6090 long lnum;
6091 colnr_T col;
6092 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
6093 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
6095 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
6096 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
6097 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
6098 || lnum != current_lnum
6099 || col < current_col)
6100 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6102 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
6104 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
6107 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
6109 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
6112 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
6113 win_T *wp;
6114 long lnum;
6116 int level = 0;
6117 int i;
6119 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
6120 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
6122 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6124 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
6125 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
6126 ++level;
6128 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
6130 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
6131 if (level < 0)
6132 level = 0;
6134 return level;
6136 #endif
6138 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
6141 /**************************************
6142 * Highlighting stuff *
6143 **************************************/
6146 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
6147 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
6148 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
6149 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
6150 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
6152 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6153 # define CENT(a, b) b
6154 #else
6155 # define CENT(a, b) a
6156 #endif
6157 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
6159 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
6160 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
6161 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6162 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6163 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6164 #endif
6165 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
6166 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6167 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
6168 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
6169 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
6170 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
6171 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6172 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6173 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6174 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6175 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6176 #endif
6177 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6178 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
6179 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
6180 #endif
6181 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6182 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
6183 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
6184 #endif
6185 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6186 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
6187 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6188 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
6189 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
6190 #endif
6191 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6192 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
6193 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6194 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6195 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6196 #endif
6197 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6198 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
6199 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
6200 #endif
6201 NULL
6204 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
6206 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6207 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6208 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
6209 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
6210 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6211 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6212 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6213 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6214 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
6215 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
6216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6217 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
6218 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6219 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
6220 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6221 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6222 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6223 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6224 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
6225 #endif
6226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6227 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6228 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6229 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
6230 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
6231 #endif
6232 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6233 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6234 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
6235 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6236 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
6237 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
6238 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6239 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6240 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6241 #endif
6242 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6243 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6244 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6245 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6246 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6247 #endif
6248 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6249 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6250 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6251 #endif
6252 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6253 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6254 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
6255 #endif
6256 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6257 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
6258 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
6259 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6260 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6261 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
6262 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
6263 #endif
6264 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6265 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
6266 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
6267 #endif
6268 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6269 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
6270 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
6271 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6272 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
6273 #endif
6274 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6275 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
6276 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
6277 #endif
6278 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6279 "Normal gui=NONE",
6280 #endif
6281 NULL
6284 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
6286 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
6287 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
6288 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
6289 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
6290 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
6291 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6292 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
6293 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
6294 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6295 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6296 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
6297 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
6298 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6299 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
6300 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6301 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
6302 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6303 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
6304 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6305 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6306 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
6307 #endif
6308 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6309 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
6310 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
6311 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6312 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
6313 #endif
6314 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
6315 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6316 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
6317 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
6318 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6319 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6320 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6321 #endif
6322 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6323 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6324 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
6325 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6326 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6327 #endif
6328 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6329 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6330 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6331 #endif
6332 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6333 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6334 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
6335 #endif
6336 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6337 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
6338 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
6339 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
6340 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
6341 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6342 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
6343 #endif
6344 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6345 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6346 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
6347 #endif
6348 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6349 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6350 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
6351 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6352 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
6353 #endif
6354 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6355 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6356 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
6357 #endif
6358 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6359 "Normal gui=NONE",
6360 #endif
6361 NULL
6364 void
6365 init_highlight(both, reset)
6366 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
6367 int reset; /* clear group first */
6369 int i;
6370 char **pp;
6371 static int had_both = FALSE;
6372 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6373 char_u *p;
6376 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
6377 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
6379 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
6380 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
6381 return;
6382 #endif
6385 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
6387 if (both)
6389 had_both = TRUE;
6390 pp = highlight_init_both;
6391 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6392 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6394 else if (!had_both)
6395 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
6396 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
6397 * everything anyway. */
6398 return;
6400 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6401 pp = highlight_init_light;
6402 else
6403 pp = highlight_init_dark;
6404 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6405 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6407 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
6408 * depend on the number of colors available.
6409 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
6410 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
6411 if (t_colors > 8)
6412 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
6413 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
6414 else
6416 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
6417 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6418 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
6421 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6423 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
6425 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
6427 static int recursive = 0;
6429 if (recursive >= 5)
6430 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
6431 else
6433 ++recursive;
6434 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
6435 --recursive;
6438 #endif
6442 * Load color file "name".
6443 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
6446 load_colors(name)
6447 char_u *name;
6449 char_u *buf;
6450 int retval = FAIL;
6451 static int recursive = FALSE;
6453 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
6454 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
6455 * working, thus we should return OK. */
6456 if (recursive)
6457 return OK;
6459 recursive = TRUE;
6460 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
6461 if (buf != NULL)
6463 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
6464 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
6465 vim_free(buf);
6466 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6467 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6468 #endif
6470 recursive = FALSE;
6472 return retval;
6476 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
6477 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
6478 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
6480 void
6481 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
6482 char_u *line;
6483 int forceit;
6484 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
6486 char_u *name_end;
6487 char_u *p;
6488 char_u *linep;
6489 char_u *key_start;
6490 char_u *arg_start;
6491 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
6492 long i;
6493 int off;
6494 int len;
6495 int attr;
6496 int id;
6497 int idx;
6498 int dodefault = FALSE;
6499 int doclear = FALSE;
6500 int dolink = FALSE;
6501 int error = FALSE;
6502 int color;
6503 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
6504 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6505 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
6506 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
6507 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
6508 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
6509 #else
6510 # define is_menu_group 0
6511 # define is_tooltip_group 0
6512 #endif
6515 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
6517 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6519 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
6520 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
6521 highlight_list_one((int)i);
6522 return;
6526 * Isolate the name.
6528 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6529 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6532 * Check for "default" argument.
6534 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
6536 dodefault = TRUE;
6537 line = linep;
6538 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6539 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6543 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
6545 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
6546 doclear = TRUE;
6547 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
6548 dolink = TRUE;
6551 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
6553 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
6555 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6556 if (id == 0)
6557 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
6558 else
6559 highlight_list_one(id);
6560 return;
6564 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
6566 if (dolink)
6568 char_u *from_start = linep;
6569 char_u *from_end;
6570 char_u *to_start;
6571 char_u *to_end;
6572 int from_id;
6573 int to_id;
6575 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
6576 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
6577 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
6579 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
6581 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
6582 from_start);
6583 return;
6586 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
6588 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
6589 return;
6592 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
6593 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
6594 to_id = 0;
6595 else
6596 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
6598 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
6601 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
6602 * for the group, unless '!' is used
6604 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
6605 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
6607 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
6608 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
6610 else
6612 if (!init)
6613 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
6614 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
6615 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6616 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
6617 #endif
6618 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
6622 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
6623 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
6625 return;
6628 if (doclear)
6631 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
6633 line = linep;
6634 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6637 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
6638 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
6639 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
6640 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
6641 * invalid because they were free'd.
6643 if (gui.in_use)
6645 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
6646 gui_init_tooltip_font();
6647 # endif
6648 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
6649 gui_init_menu_font();
6650 # endif
6652 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
6653 gui_mch_def_colors();
6654 # endif
6655 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6656 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6658 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
6659 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
6661 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
6662 # endif
6663 if (gui.in_use)
6665 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
6666 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
6667 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
6668 # endif
6669 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6670 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
6671 # endif
6673 # endif
6675 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
6676 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
6677 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
6679 #endif
6680 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6681 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
6682 #endif
6683 restore_cterm_colors();
6686 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
6688 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
6689 highlight_clear(idx);
6690 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
6691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6692 if (gui.in_use)
6693 highlight_gui_started();
6694 #endif
6695 highlight_changed();
6696 redraw_later_clear();
6697 return;
6699 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6700 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6704 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
6706 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6707 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
6708 return;
6709 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
6711 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
6712 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
6713 return;
6715 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
6716 is_normal_group = TRUE;
6717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6718 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
6719 is_menu_group = TRUE;
6720 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
6721 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
6722 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
6723 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
6724 #endif
6726 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
6727 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
6729 highlight_clear(idx);
6730 if (!doclear)
6731 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
6734 if (!doclear)
6735 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
6737 key_start = linep;
6738 if (*linep == '=')
6740 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6741 error = TRUE;
6742 break;
6746 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
6747 * "guibg").
6749 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
6750 ++linep;
6751 vim_free(key);
6752 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
6753 if (key == NULL)
6755 error = TRUE;
6756 break;
6758 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6760 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
6762 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
6764 if (!init)
6765 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
6766 highlight_clear(idx);
6768 continue;
6772 * Check for the equal sign.
6774 if (*linep != '=')
6776 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6777 error = TRUE;
6778 break;
6780 ++linep;
6783 * Isolate the argument.
6785 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6786 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
6788 arg_start = ++linep;
6789 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
6790 if (linep == NULL)
6792 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
6793 error = TRUE;
6794 break;
6797 else
6799 arg_start = linep;
6800 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
6802 if (linep == arg_start)
6804 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
6805 error = TRUE;
6806 break;
6808 vim_free(arg);
6809 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
6810 if (arg == NULL)
6812 error = TRUE;
6813 break;
6815 if (*linep == '\'')
6816 ++linep;
6819 * Store the argument.
6821 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
6822 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
6823 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
6825 attr = 0;
6826 off = 0;
6827 while (arg[off] != NUL)
6829 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
6831 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
6832 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
6834 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
6835 off += len;
6836 break;
6839 if (i < 0)
6841 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
6842 error = TRUE;
6843 break;
6845 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
6846 ++off;
6848 if (error)
6849 break;
6850 if (*key == 'T')
6852 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
6854 if (!init)
6855 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
6856 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
6859 else if (*key == 'C')
6861 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6863 if (!init)
6864 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6865 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
6866 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6870 else
6872 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
6874 if (!init)
6875 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
6876 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
6879 #endif
6881 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
6883 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
6884 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6885 if (!gui.shell_created)
6887 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
6888 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6889 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6891 else
6893 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
6894 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6895 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
6896 # endif
6897 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
6898 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
6899 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
6900 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
6903 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
6904 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6905 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
6906 # endif
6907 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
6908 is_tooltip_group);
6910 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6911 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
6913 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6914 * one.
6916 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
6917 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6918 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6920 else
6921 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
6922 # endif
6923 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
6925 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6926 * one.
6928 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
6929 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6930 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6932 else
6933 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
6935 #endif
6937 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
6939 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6941 if (!init)
6942 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6944 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
6945 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
6946 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
6948 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
6949 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6952 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
6953 color = atoi((char *)arg);
6954 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
6956 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
6957 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
6958 else
6960 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
6961 error = TRUE;
6962 break;
6965 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
6967 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6968 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
6969 else
6971 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
6972 error = TRUE;
6973 break;
6976 else
6978 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
6979 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
6980 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
6981 "Gray", "Grey",
6982 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
6983 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
6984 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
6985 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
6986 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
6987 4, 5, 6, 6,
6988 7, 7,
6989 7, 7, 8, 8,
6990 9, 9, 10, 10,
6991 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
6992 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
6993 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
6994 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
6995 1, 5, 32, 72,
6996 84, 84,
6997 7, 7, 82, 82,
6998 12, 43, 10, 61,
6999 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
7000 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
7001 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
7002 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7003 1, 5, 130, 130,
7004 248, 248,
7005 7, 7, 242, 242,
7006 12, 81, 10, 121,
7007 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
7008 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
7009 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
7010 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7011 1, 5, 3, 3,
7012 7, 7,
7013 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
7014 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
7015 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
7016 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
7017 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7018 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
7019 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
7020 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
7021 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
7022 #endif
7024 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
7025 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
7026 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
7027 if (off == color_names[i][0]
7028 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
7029 break;
7030 if (i < 0)
7032 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
7033 error = TRUE;
7034 break;
7037 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
7038 color = color_numbers_16[i];
7039 if (color >= 0)
7041 if (t_colors == 8)
7043 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
7044 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7045 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
7046 #else
7047 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7048 #endif
7049 if (key[5] == 'F')
7051 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
7052 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
7053 if (color & 8)
7055 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
7056 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
7058 else
7059 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7061 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
7063 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
7064 || t_colors == 256)
7067 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
7068 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
7069 * order for colors.
7071 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
7072 p = T_CAF;
7073 else
7074 p = T_CSF;
7075 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
7076 switch (t_colors)
7078 case 16:
7079 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7080 break;
7081 case 88:
7082 color = color_numbers_88[i];
7083 break;
7084 case 256:
7085 color = color_numbers_256[i];
7086 break;
7091 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
7092 if (key[5] == 'F')
7094 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
7095 if (is_normal_group)
7097 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
7098 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
7099 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7100 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
7101 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7102 #endif
7104 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7105 if (termcap_active)
7106 term_fg_color(color);
7110 else
7112 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
7113 if (is_normal_group)
7115 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
7116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7117 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
7118 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7119 #endif
7121 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7122 if (termcap_active)
7123 term_bg_color(color);
7124 if (t_colors < 16)
7125 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
7126 else
7127 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
7128 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
7129 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
7130 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
7131 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
7137 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
7139 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
7140 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7142 if (!init)
7143 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7145 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7146 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7148 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
7149 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7150 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
7151 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7152 else
7153 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7154 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7155 if (is_menu_group)
7156 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
7157 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7158 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
7159 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7160 if (is_tooltip_group)
7161 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
7162 # endif
7163 do_colors = TRUE;
7164 # endif
7167 #endif
7169 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
7171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
7172 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7174 if (!init)
7175 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7177 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7178 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7180 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
7181 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7182 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7183 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7184 else
7185 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7186 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7187 if (is_menu_group)
7188 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
7189 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7190 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
7191 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7192 if (is_tooltip_group)
7193 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
7194 # endif
7195 do_colors = TRUE;
7196 # endif
7199 #endif
7201 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
7203 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
7204 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7206 if (!init)
7207 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7209 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7210 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7212 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
7213 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7214 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7215 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7216 else
7217 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7220 #endif
7222 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
7224 char_u buf[100];
7225 char_u *tname;
7227 if (!init)
7228 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
7231 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
7232 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
7234 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
7236 off = 0;
7237 buf[0] = 0;
7238 while (arg[off] != NUL)
7240 /* Isolate one termcap name */
7241 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
7242 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
7244 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
7245 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
7247 error = TRUE;
7248 break;
7250 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
7251 p = get_term_code(tname);
7252 vim_free(tname);
7253 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
7254 p = (char_u *)"";
7256 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
7257 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
7259 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
7260 error = TRUE;
7261 break;
7263 STRCAT(buf, p);
7265 /* Advance to the next item */
7266 off += len;
7267 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
7268 ++off;
7271 else
7274 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
7276 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
7278 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
7279 if (len) /* recognized special char */
7280 off += len;
7281 else /* copy as normal char */
7282 buf[off++] = *p++;
7284 buf[off] = NUL;
7286 if (error)
7287 break;
7289 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
7290 p = NULL;
7291 else
7292 p = vim_strsave(buf);
7293 if (key[2] == 'A')
7295 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7296 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
7298 else
7300 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7301 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
7304 else
7306 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
7307 error = TRUE;
7308 break;
7312 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
7314 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
7315 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
7318 * Continue with next argument.
7320 linep = skipwhite(linep);
7324 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
7326 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
7327 syn_unadd_group();
7328 else
7330 if (is_normal_group)
7332 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7333 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7334 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7335 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7337 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
7338 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
7340 if (gui.in_use)
7341 highlight_gui_started();
7342 #endif
7344 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7345 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7346 else if (is_menu_group)
7348 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7349 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7351 # endif
7352 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
7354 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7355 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7357 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7358 else if (is_tooltip_group)
7360 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7361 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7363 # endif
7364 #endif
7365 else
7366 set_hl_attr(idx);
7367 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7368 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
7369 #endif
7370 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
7372 vim_free(key);
7373 vim_free(arg);
7375 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
7376 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
7379 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7380 void
7381 free_highlight()
7383 int i;
7385 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7387 highlight_clear(i);
7388 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
7389 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
7391 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
7393 #endif
7396 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
7397 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
7399 void
7400 restore_cterm_colors()
7402 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
7403 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
7404 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
7405 * background/foreground colors. */
7406 mch_set_normal_colors();
7407 #else
7408 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
7409 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
7410 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
7411 #endif
7415 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
7416 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
7418 static int
7419 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
7420 int idx;
7421 int check_link;
7423 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
7424 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
7425 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7426 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
7427 #endif
7428 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
7432 * Clear highlighting for one group.
7434 static void
7435 highlight_clear(idx)
7436 int idx;
7438 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
7439 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7440 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
7441 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7442 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
7443 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7444 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
7445 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7446 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
7447 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
7448 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7449 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
7450 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
7451 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
7452 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7453 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7454 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
7455 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7456 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7457 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
7458 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7459 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7460 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
7461 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
7462 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7463 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
7464 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
7465 # endif
7466 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
7467 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
7468 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7469 #endif
7470 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7471 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
7472 * cleared. */
7473 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
7474 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
7475 #endif
7478 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
7480 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
7481 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
7482 * "Tooltip" colors.
7484 void
7485 set_normal_colors()
7487 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
7488 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
7489 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
7491 gui_mch_new_colors();
7492 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7495 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
7496 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
7497 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
7499 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7500 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7501 # endif
7502 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7504 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7505 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
7506 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
7507 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
7509 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
7510 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7511 # endif
7512 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7514 #endif
7515 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
7516 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
7517 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
7519 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7520 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7522 #endif
7526 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
7528 static int
7529 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
7530 char_u *name;
7531 guicolor_T *fgp;
7532 guicolor_T *bgp;
7533 int do_menu;
7534 int use_norm;
7535 int do_tooltip;
7537 int idx;
7539 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
7540 if (idx >= 0)
7542 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
7544 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
7545 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
7546 else if (use_norm)
7547 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
7548 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
7549 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
7550 else if (use_norm)
7551 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
7552 return TRUE;
7554 return FALSE;
7558 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
7559 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
7561 char_u *
7562 hl_get_font_name()
7564 int id;
7565 char_u *s;
7567 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7568 if (id > 0)
7570 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
7571 if (s != NULL)
7572 return s;
7574 return (char_u *)"";
7578 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
7579 * actually chosen to be used.
7581 void
7582 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
7583 char_u *font_name;
7585 int id;
7587 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7588 if (id > 0)
7590 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
7591 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
7596 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
7597 * when the color is known.
7599 void
7600 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
7601 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7603 int id;
7605 if (name != NULL)
7607 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7608 if (id > 0)
7610 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
7611 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
7617 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
7618 * when the color is known.
7620 void
7621 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
7622 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7624 int id;
7626 if (name != NULL)
7628 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7629 if (id > 0)
7631 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
7632 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
7638 * Return the handle for a color name.
7639 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
7641 static guicolor_T
7642 color_name2handle(name)
7643 char_u *name;
7645 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7646 return INVALCOLOR;
7648 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
7649 return gui.norm_pixel;
7650 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
7651 return gui.back_pixel;
7653 return gui_get_color(name);
7657 * Return the handle for a font name.
7658 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
7660 static GuiFont
7661 font_name2handle(name)
7662 char_u *name;
7664 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7665 return NOFONT;
7667 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
7670 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7672 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
7673 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
7675 static GuiFontset
7676 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
7677 char_u *name;
7678 int fixed_width;
7680 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7681 return NOFONTSET;
7683 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
7685 # endif
7688 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
7690 /*ARGSUSED*/
7691 static void
7692 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
7693 int idx;
7694 char_u *arg;
7695 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
7696 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
7697 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
7699 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7700 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
7701 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
7702 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
7703 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7704 || do_menu
7705 # endif
7706 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7707 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
7708 || do_tooltip
7709 # endif
7711 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
7712 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7713 || do_menu
7714 # endif
7715 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7716 || do_tooltip
7717 # endif
7719 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
7721 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7722 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
7723 if (do_normal)
7724 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
7725 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7726 if (do_menu)
7728 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7729 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7730 # else
7731 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
7732 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7733 # endif
7734 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7736 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7737 if (do_tooltip)
7739 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
7740 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
7741 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
7742 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
7743 * XFontStruct is used.
7745 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7746 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
7748 # endif
7749 # endif
7751 else
7752 # endif
7754 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
7755 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7756 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
7757 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
7759 if (do_normal)
7760 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
7761 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7762 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7763 if (do_menu)
7765 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
7766 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7768 # endif
7769 #endif
7774 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
7777 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
7778 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
7779 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
7781 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7783 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7785 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7787 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7789 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7790 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7792 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7793 #endif
7796 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
7797 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
7798 * if the combination is new.
7799 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
7801 static int
7802 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
7803 garray_T *table;
7804 attrentry_T *aep;
7806 int i;
7807 attrentry_T *taep;
7808 static int recursive = FALSE;
7811 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
7813 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
7814 table->ga_growsize = 7;
7817 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
7819 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
7821 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
7822 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
7823 && (
7824 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7825 (table == &gui_attr_table
7826 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
7827 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7828 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7829 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7830 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7831 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
7832 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7833 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
7834 # endif
7837 #endif
7838 (table == &term_attr_table
7839 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7840 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7841 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
7842 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
7843 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
7844 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7845 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7846 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
7847 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
7848 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
7849 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
7850 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7851 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7852 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
7853 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
7856 return i + ATTR_OFF;
7859 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
7862 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
7863 * compute new ones for all groups.
7864 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
7866 if (recursive)
7868 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
7869 return 0;
7871 recursive = TRUE;
7873 clear_hl_tables();
7875 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7877 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7878 set_hl_attr(i);
7880 recursive = FALSE;
7884 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
7886 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
7887 return 0;
7889 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
7890 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
7891 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
7892 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7893 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
7895 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7896 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7897 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
7898 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
7899 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7900 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
7901 # endif
7903 #endif
7904 if (table == &term_attr_table)
7906 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7907 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
7908 else
7909 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
7910 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7911 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
7912 else
7913 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
7915 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
7917 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
7918 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
7920 ++table->ga_len;
7921 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
7925 * Clear all highlight tables.
7927 void
7928 clear_hl_tables()
7930 int i;
7931 attrentry_T *taep;
7933 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7934 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
7935 #endif
7936 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
7938 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
7939 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
7940 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
7942 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
7943 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
7946 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
7948 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
7949 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
7950 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
7951 * This creates a new group when required.
7952 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
7953 * result.
7954 * Return the resulting attributes.
7957 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
7958 int char_attr;
7959 int prim_attr;
7961 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
7962 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
7963 attrentry_T new_en;
7965 if (char_attr == 0)
7966 return prim_attr;
7967 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
7968 return char_attr | prim_attr;
7969 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7970 if (gui.in_use)
7972 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
7973 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
7974 if (char_aep != NULL)
7975 new_en = *char_aep;
7976 else
7978 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
7979 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
7980 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
7981 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
7982 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
7983 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
7986 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
7987 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
7988 else
7990 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
7991 if (spell_aep != NULL)
7993 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
7994 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
7995 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7996 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
7997 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7998 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
7999 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
8000 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
8001 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
8002 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8003 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
8004 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
8005 # endif
8008 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
8010 #endif
8012 if (t_colors > 1)
8014 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8015 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
8016 if (char_aep != NULL)
8017 new_en = *char_aep;
8018 else
8020 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8021 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8022 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8025 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8026 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8027 else
8029 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8030 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8032 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8033 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
8034 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
8035 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
8036 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
8039 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
8042 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8043 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
8044 if (char_aep != NULL)
8045 new_en = *char_aep;
8046 else
8048 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8049 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8050 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8053 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8054 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8055 else
8057 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8058 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8060 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8061 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
8063 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
8064 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
8068 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
8070 #endif
8072 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8074 attrentry_T *
8075 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
8076 int attr;
8078 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8079 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8080 return NULL;
8081 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8083 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
8086 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
8087 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
8090 syn_attr2attr(attr)
8091 int attr;
8093 attrentry_T *aep;
8095 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8096 if (gui.in_use)
8097 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
8098 else
8099 #endif
8100 if (t_colors > 1)
8101 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
8102 else
8103 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
8105 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
8106 return 0;
8107 return aep->ae_attr;
8111 attrentry_T *
8112 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
8113 int attr;
8115 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8116 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8117 return NULL;
8118 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8121 attrentry_T *
8122 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
8123 int attr;
8125 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8126 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8127 return NULL;
8128 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8131 #define LIST_ATTR 1
8132 #define LIST_STRING 2
8133 #define LIST_INT 3
8135 static void
8136 highlight_list_one(id)
8137 int id;
8139 struct hl_group *sgp;
8140 int didh = FALSE;
8142 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8144 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8145 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
8146 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8147 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
8148 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8149 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
8151 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8152 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
8153 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8154 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
8155 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8156 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
8158 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8159 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8160 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
8161 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8162 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
8163 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8164 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
8165 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8166 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
8167 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8168 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
8169 #endif
8171 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
8173 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
8174 didh = TRUE;
8175 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8176 msg_putchar(' ');
8177 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
8180 if (!didh)
8181 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
8182 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8183 if (p_verbose > 0)
8184 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
8185 #endif
8188 static int
8189 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
8190 int id;
8191 int didh;
8192 int type;
8193 int iarg;
8194 char_u *sarg;
8195 char *name;
8197 char_u buf[100];
8198 char_u *ts;
8199 int i;
8201 if (got_int)
8202 return FALSE;
8203 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
8205 ts = buf;
8206 if (type == LIST_INT)
8207 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
8208 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
8209 ts = sarg;
8210 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
8212 buf[0] = NUL;
8213 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
8215 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
8217 if (buf[0] != NUL)
8218 STRCAT(buf, ",");
8219 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
8220 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
8225 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
8226 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
8227 didh = TRUE;
8228 if (!got_int)
8230 if (*name != NUL)
8232 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
8233 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8235 msg_outtrans(ts);
8238 return didh;
8241 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
8243 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
8244 * Return NULL otherwise.
8246 char_u *
8247 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
8248 int id;
8249 int flag;
8250 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8252 int attr;
8254 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8255 return NULL;
8257 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8258 if (modec == 'g')
8259 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
8260 else
8261 #endif
8262 if (modec == 'c')
8263 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
8264 else
8265 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
8267 if (attr & flag)
8268 return (char_u *)"1";
8269 return NULL;
8271 #endif
8273 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
8275 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
8277 char_u *
8278 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
8279 int id;
8280 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
8281 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8283 static char_u name[20];
8284 int n;
8285 int fg = FALSE;
8286 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8287 int sp = FALSE;
8288 # endif
8290 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8291 return NULL;
8293 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
8294 fg = TRUE;
8295 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8296 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
8297 sp = TRUE;
8298 if (modec == 'g')
8300 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
8301 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
8303 guicolor_T color;
8304 long_u rgb;
8305 static char_u buf[10];
8307 if (fg)
8308 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8309 else if (sp)
8310 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8311 else
8312 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8313 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8314 return NULL;
8315 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8316 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
8317 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
8318 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
8319 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
8320 return buf;
8322 if (fg)
8323 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
8324 if (sp)
8325 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
8326 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
8328 # endif
8329 if (modec == 'c')
8331 if (fg)
8332 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
8333 else
8334 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
8335 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
8336 return name;
8338 /* term doesn't have color */
8339 return NULL;
8341 #endif
8343 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
8344 || defined(PROTO)
8346 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
8348 long_u
8349 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
8350 int id;
8351 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
8353 guicolor_T color;
8355 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8356 return 0L;
8358 if (fg)
8359 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8360 else
8361 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8363 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8364 return 0L;
8366 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8368 #endif
8371 * Output the syntax list header.
8372 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
8374 static int
8375 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
8376 int did_header; /* did header already */
8377 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
8378 int id; /* highlight group id */
8380 int endcol = 19;
8381 int newline = TRUE;
8383 if (!did_header)
8385 msg_putchar('\n');
8386 if (got_int)
8387 return TRUE;
8388 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
8389 endcol = 15;
8391 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
8393 msg_putchar('\n');
8394 if (got_int)
8395 return TRUE;
8397 else
8399 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
8400 newline = FALSE;
8403 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
8404 endcol = msg_col + 1;
8405 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
8406 endcol = Columns - 1;
8408 msg_advance(endcol);
8410 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
8411 if (!did_header)
8413 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
8414 msg_putchar(' ');
8417 return newline;
8421 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
8422 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
8424 static void
8425 set_hl_attr(idx)
8426 int idx; /* index in array */
8428 attrentry_T at_en;
8429 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
8431 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
8432 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
8433 return;
8435 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8437 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8438 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8440 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
8441 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
8442 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
8443 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
8444 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8445 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
8446 # endif
8449 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8451 else
8453 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8454 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8455 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8456 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
8457 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
8458 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8459 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
8460 # endif
8461 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
8463 #endif
8465 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8466 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8468 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
8469 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8470 else
8472 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8473 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
8474 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
8475 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
8479 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
8480 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8482 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
8483 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8484 else
8486 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8487 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
8488 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
8489 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
8494 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
8495 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
8498 syn_name2id(name)
8499 char_u *name;
8501 int i;
8502 char_u name_u[200];
8504 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
8505 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
8506 * don't deserve to be found! */
8507 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
8508 vim_strup(name_u);
8509 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
8510 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
8511 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
8512 break;
8513 return i + 1;
8516 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8518 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
8521 highlight_exists(name)
8522 char_u *name;
8524 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
8527 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
8529 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
8530 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
8532 char_u *
8533 syn_id2name(id)
8534 int id;
8536 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8537 return (char_u *)"";
8538 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
8540 # endif
8541 #endif
8544 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
8547 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
8548 char_u *linep;
8549 int len;
8551 char_u *name;
8552 int id = 0;
8554 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
8555 if (name != NULL)
8557 id = syn_name2id(name);
8558 vim_free(name);
8560 return id;
8564 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
8565 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
8566 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
8567 * Return 0 for failure.
8570 syn_check_group(pp, len)
8571 char_u *pp;
8572 int len;
8574 int id;
8575 char_u *name;
8577 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
8578 if (name == NULL)
8579 return 0;
8581 id = syn_name2id(name);
8582 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
8583 id = syn_add_group(name);
8584 else
8585 vim_free(name);
8586 return id;
8590 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
8591 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
8592 * Return 0 for failure.
8594 static int
8595 syn_add_group(name)
8596 char_u *name;
8598 char_u *p;
8600 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
8601 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
8603 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
8605 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
8606 return 0;
8608 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
8610 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
8611 * give a warning. */
8612 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
8613 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
8614 break;
8619 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
8621 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
8623 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
8624 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
8628 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
8630 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
8632 vim_free(name);
8633 return 0;
8636 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8637 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
8638 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
8639 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8640 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
8641 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
8642 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
8643 #endif
8644 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
8646 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
8650 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
8651 * function deletes the new name.
8653 static void
8654 syn_unadd_group()
8656 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
8657 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
8658 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
8662 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
8665 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
8666 int hl_id;
8668 int attr;
8669 struct hl_group *sgp;
8671 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8672 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8674 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8676 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
8678 if (gui.in_use)
8679 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
8680 else
8681 #endif
8682 if (t_colors > 1)
8683 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
8684 else
8685 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
8687 return attr;
8690 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8692 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
8693 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
8696 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
8697 int hl_id;
8698 guicolor_T *fgp;
8699 guicolor_T *bgp;
8701 struct hl_group *sgp;
8703 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8704 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8706 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8707 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8708 return sgp->sg_gui;
8710 #endif
8713 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
8716 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
8717 int hl_id;
8719 int count;
8720 struct hl_group *sgp;
8722 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
8723 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
8726 * Follow links until there is no more.
8727 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
8729 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
8731 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8732 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8733 break;
8734 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
8737 return hl_id;
8740 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8742 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
8743 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
8745 void
8746 highlight_gui_started()
8748 int idx;
8750 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
8751 set_normal_colors();
8753 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
8754 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
8756 highlight_changed();
8759 static void
8760 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
8761 int idx;
8762 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
8763 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
8765 int didit = FALSE;
8767 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
8769 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
8770 do_tooltip);
8771 didit = TRUE;
8773 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
8775 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
8776 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
8777 didit = TRUE;
8779 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
8781 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
8782 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
8783 didit = TRUE;
8785 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
8787 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
8788 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
8789 didit = TRUE;
8791 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
8792 set_hl_attr(idx);
8795 #endif
8798 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
8799 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
8800 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
8801 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
8802 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
8803 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
8806 highlight_changed()
8808 int hlf;
8809 int i;
8810 char_u *p;
8811 int attr;
8812 char_u *end;
8813 int id;
8814 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8815 char_u userhl[10];
8816 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8817 int id_SNC = -1;
8818 int id_S = -1;
8819 int hlcnt;
8820 # endif
8821 #endif
8822 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
8824 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
8827 * Clear all attributes.
8829 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8830 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
8833 * First set all attributes to their default value.
8834 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
8836 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8838 if (i)
8839 p = p_hl;
8840 else
8841 p = get_highlight_default();
8842 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
8843 continue;
8845 while (*p)
8847 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8848 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
8849 break;
8850 ++p;
8851 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
8852 return FAIL;
8855 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
8856 * bold-underlined.
8858 attr = 0;
8859 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
8861 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
8862 continue;
8864 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
8865 return FAIL;
8867 switch (*p)
8869 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
8870 break;
8871 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
8872 break;
8873 case '-':
8874 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
8875 break;
8876 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
8877 break;
8878 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
8879 break;
8880 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
8881 break;
8882 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
8883 break;
8884 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
8885 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
8886 return FAIL;
8887 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
8888 if (end == NULL)
8889 end = p + STRLEN(p);
8890 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
8891 if (id == 0)
8892 return FAIL;
8893 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
8894 p = end - 1;
8895 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
8896 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
8897 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
8898 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
8899 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
8900 #endif
8901 break;
8902 default: return FAIL;
8905 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
8907 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
8911 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8912 /* Setup the user highlights
8914 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
8915 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
8917 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8918 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
8919 return FAIL;
8920 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
8921 if (id_S == 0)
8922 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
8923 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8924 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
8925 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
8927 # endif
8928 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
8930 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
8931 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
8932 if (id == 0)
8934 highlight_user[i] = 0;
8935 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8936 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
8937 # endif
8939 else
8941 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8942 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
8943 # endif
8945 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
8946 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8947 if (id_SNC == 0)
8949 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8950 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8951 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8952 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8953 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8954 # endif
8956 else
8957 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
8958 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
8959 sizeof(struct hl_group));
8960 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
8962 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
8963 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
8964 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
8965 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
8966 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
8967 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
8968 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
8969 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
8970 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
8971 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
8972 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
8973 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
8974 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
8975 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8976 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
8977 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
8978 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
8979 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8980 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
8981 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8982 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
8983 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8984 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
8985 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
8986 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8987 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
8988 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
8989 # endif
8990 # endif
8991 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
8992 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
8993 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
8994 # endif
8997 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8998 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
8999 # endif
9001 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
9003 return OK;
9006 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9008 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
9009 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
9012 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
9014 void
9015 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
9016 expand_T *xp;
9017 char_u *arg;
9019 char_u *p;
9021 /* Default: expand group names */
9022 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
9023 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9024 include_link = 2;
9025 include_default = 1;
9027 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
9028 if (*arg != NUL)
9030 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9031 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
9033 include_default = 0;
9034 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9036 arg = skipwhite(p);
9037 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9038 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9040 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
9042 include_link = 0;
9043 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
9044 highlight_list();
9045 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
9046 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9048 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9049 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9050 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
9052 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9053 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9056 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
9057 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
9064 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
9066 static void
9067 highlight_list()
9069 int i;
9071 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
9072 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
9073 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
9074 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
9077 static void
9078 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
9079 int cnt;
9080 int attr;
9082 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
9083 msg_clr_eos();
9084 out_flush();
9085 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
9088 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
9090 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
9091 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
9093 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
9094 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
9096 /*ARGSUSED*/
9097 char_u *
9098 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
9099 expand_T *xp;
9100 int idx;
9102 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
9103 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
9104 return (char_u *)"none";
9105 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
9106 return (char_u *)"default";
9107 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
9108 && include_link != 0)
9109 return (char_u *)"link";
9110 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
9111 && include_link != 0)
9112 return (char_u *)"clear";
9113 #endif
9114 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
9115 return NULL;
9116 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
9118 #endif
9120 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9122 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
9123 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
9125 void
9126 free_highlight_fonts()
9128 int idx;
9130 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
9132 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
9133 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
9134 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9135 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
9136 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
9137 # endif
9140 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
9141 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9142 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
9143 # endif
9144 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
9145 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
9146 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
9147 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
9148 # endif
9150 #endif
9152 /**************************************
9153 * End of Highlighting stuff *
9154 **************************************/